Document:

Standard Form of Franchise Agreement

 Exhibit 10.20 
 Joway Product Series 
 Franchised Affiliate Sales Agreement

 (Contract
No.:                    000[    ]) 

 

			
	Party A: Tianjin Joway Shengshi Group Co.,Ltd	  	Party B:                     

 Tianjin Joway Century Science & Technology Development Co. Ltd. 

 
  
  

 Preface 
 Whereas under the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant laws, regulations and policies, Party B is willing to get distributive profits by distributing the Joway
product series of Party A who has the technology, production and marketing capabilities of Joway product series; meanwhile both sides are willing to develop new markets in a reasonable and orderly way under close cooperation, create market returns
on sales, and effectively protect their own lawful rights and interests, the following agreement is hence reached on Party B’s distribution of Party A’s Joway product series in the designated area through friendly consultation: 

Section I Commercial Terms 
 Article 1 Name, Purpose and Duration of the Contract 
  

	 	1.1	Contract Name: Joway Product Series Franchised Affiliate Sales Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the Contract) 

 

	 	1.2	Contract Purpose: Party A grants Party B the right to sell and marketing Joway product series in the designated area while Party B gets distributive profits by selling
Party A’s Joway product series and both sides expands the market and establishes a win-win cooperative relationship through common efforts and coordination. 

 

	 	1.3	Contract Duration: The Contract shall take effect since the date of signature by both sides and shall be valid for THREE YEAR within which both sides shall fully
enjoy the rights provided by and fulfill the obligations set in the Contract. Once the Contract is expired, both sides have to discuss their cooperation in the next year through consultation. 

Article 2 Products to Distribute and Distribution Area 
  

	 	2.1	Products to Distribute: The products Party A authorizes Party B to distribute are: Joway product series. 

 

	 	2.2	Distribution Area Restrictions: The Joway franchised dealership store to be opened by Party B must be located more than 2.5km away from other Joway authorized
dealership stores. In case of any dispute arisen over the issue of distance, the Joway franchised dealership store opened relatively later shall take full responsibility. 

 Article 3 Distribution Licensing Terms 
  

	 	3.1	Party B shall submit all materials relating to the application for product affiliate and distribution as required by Party A. The Contract can be signed only after it
has passed the rigorous examination of Party A who, at the same time, will validate the authorization to the affiliate and distribution of its products. 

 Tianjin Joway Century Science & Technology Development Co. Ltd. 

 
  
  

	 	3.2	Party B undertakes to comply with and implement the Trial Measures for Individual Business of PRC, Rules for the Implementation of Trial
Measures for Individual Business of PRC and other relevant national laws, regulations and policies. In case Party B violates this commitment, it shall bear the corresponding legal responsibility. 

Article 4 Rights and Obligations of Party A 
 4.1 Rights of Party A 
  

	 	4.1.1	Party A shall have the right to regulate and manage the market according to its policies on Joway product series market management. 

 

	 	4.1.2	Party A shall have the right to formulate and adjust the market price of Joway product series. 

 

	 	4.1.3	Party A shall have the right to protect its independent intellectual property rights. 

 

	 	4.1.4	Party A shall have the right to safeguard its corporate image, reputation and brand value. 

4.2 Obligations of Party A 
  

	 	4.2.1	Party A shall be liable for maintaining the market order, ensuring market stability, coordinating and controlling the cross-regional distribution of its products.

  

	 	4.2.2	After the signing of the Contract, Party A is responsible for providing related qualification certificates for Party B. 

 

	 	4.2.3	After the signing of the Contract, Party A is responsible for supplying products to Party B in accordance with the latter’s order request.

  

	 	4.2.4	In accordance with its marketing policies on Joway product series, Party A is responsible for offering supports and services to Party B. These may include product,
marketing, training and technical services. 

  

	 	4.2.5	Party A is responsible for changing the products with the quality issue in accordance with its marketing policies on Joway product series. 

 

	 	4.2.6	Party A is responsible for timely notifying Party B of product faults, product risks, market policy adjustments and so on. 

 

	 	4.2.7	Party A is responsible for responding promptly to the comments and suggestions proposed by Party B. 

 

	 	4.2.8	Party A is responsible for keeping confidential the customer information and other commercial secrets of Party B. 

Article 5 Rights and Obligations of Party B 
 5.1 Rights of Party B 
  

	 	5.1.1	Party B shall have the right to sell Joway product series in the area designated by Party A. 

 

	 	5.1.2	Party B shall have the right to receive supports and services from Party A according to the latter’s marketing policies on Joway product series.

 5.2 Obligations of Party B 

 

	 	5.2.1	As of the date of signature of this Contract, Party B shall undertake to sell only Joway products series in his/her authorized store and shall not be allowed to make
the products promotion and market expansion for the competitors of Party A. 

 Tianjin Joway Century Science & Technology Development Co. Ltd. 

 
  
  

	 	5.2.2	Party B is responsible for selling the Joway product series in a standardized way, consciously protecting market order, and refusing malicious price competition or
dumping in accordance with the marketing policies on Joway product series. 

  

	 	5.2.3	Party B is responsible for honestly promoting the products instead of exaggerating their health preservation efficiency by sticking to the related information on Joway
product series. 

  

	 	5.2.4	Party B is responsible for protecting the reputation and interests of Joway product series, safeguarding the image and integrity of the products, and not attaching any
thing to the products in the product packing case of Party A. 

  

	 	5.2.5	Party B shall make sure that it has the necessary operating conditions and office equipment, such as phone, fax, etc. so as to conduct normal business communication
with Party A. 

  

	 	5.2.6	Party B shall be responsible for protecting Party A’s intellectual property. 

 

	 	5.2.7	Party B is responsible for providing customers with quality and considerate consultation services on products or technologies, as well as pre-sales, in-sales and
after-sales services. 

  

	 	5.2.8	Party B is responsible for providing Party A with market feedbacks. 

  

	 	5.2.9	Party B is responsible for maintaining the consistency of Party A’s visual identity system and using the standard trademark, pictures and other promotional
materials strictly as required by Party A. 

  

	 	5.2.10	In case Party B needs to make advertisements, print or produce publications, it shall submit related materials to Party A for approval in advance before getting the
approval to release or use the said advertisements or publications. 

  

	 	5.2.11	Party B is responsible for cooperating with Party A in a variety of marketing activities launched by Party A in the designated product distribution area.

  

	 	5.2.12	Party B is responsible for keeping confidential Party A’s sales policy, technical patents, business information and other commercial secrets.

  

	 	5.2.13	Party B should try his best to make the products promotion and market expansion for Party A; if Party B fails to have business with Party A within one year Party A
shall have the right to re-examine the authorization of Party B. 

 Article 6 Product Purchasing and Settlement 

 

	 	6.1	Party A shall supply products to Party B at the national unified affiliate wholesales prices of Joway product series. 

 

	 	6.2	Party B may issue orders onsite or by fax or phone. 

  

	 	6.3	Both sides shall conduct purchasing settlements after the completion of each order. Party B shall remit the procurement money to the designated account of Party A when
issuing an order to Party A. Party A shall handle delivery procedures after confirming the receipt of the procurement money. 

 Tianjin Joway Century Science & Technology Development Co. Ltd. 

 
  
  

	 	6.4	Party A undertakes to tell Party B to pick up the delivery within 3 days after it has received the order and the procurement funds. 

 

	 	6.5	In case Party B makes the payment in advance, Party A will set up an independent financial account for Party B, through which Party B shall check with Party A about the
business transactions between the two in the current month. Should Party B fail to check the information with Party A, the consequences shall be borne by Party B. 

 Article 7 Services, Advertising and Quality Assurance 
  

	 	7.1	Party A will provide standard services for Party B following its marketing policies on Joway product series. 

 

	 	7.2	Party A may provide nationwide or local promotion supports in accordance with the actual market demands in such forms as making advertising, holding marketing
conferences, and participating in exhibitions and fairs. In case Party B intends to produce and use advertisements, it must submit, in advance, an application to Party A for approval. 

 

	 	7.3	Party A shall be responsible for the quality of Joway product series. 

  

	 	7.4	The product may be returned if in line with one of the following conditions: 

 

	 	7.4.1	On the basis of the unqualified product really affecting the normal use and sale for Party B, Party A will change, return or repair the product within 7 days since the
authorized Party B buys the Joway product series. And Party B can exchange the similar product. 

  

	 	7.4.2	On the basis of the quality problems caused by the artificial factors (improper use, maintenance and storage) not the product itself, Party A won’t exchange or
repair the product within 7 days since the authorized Party B buys the Joway products. And Party B can exchange the similar product. 

  

	 	7.4.3	On the basis of the unqualified product really affecting the normal use and sale for Party B, Party A will change or repair the product within 15 days since the
authorized Party B buys the Joway product series. And Party B can exchange the similar product. 

  

	 	7.5	We agree to exchange the goods except: 

  

	 	7.5.1	Artificial factors (improper storage and use) not the quality problems of product itself. 

 

	 	7.5.2	Product unconformity (the ordered one and exchanged one). 

  

	 	7.5.3	Package loss and damage or largess, corporate profile, promotional materials and presents for promotion loss. 

 

	 	7.5.4	The used bath products and specific goods, or the products with pungent and flesh smell. 

 

	 	7.5.5	Largess, corporate profile, promotional materials and presents for promotion will not be accepted. 

 Tianjin Joway Century Science & Technology Development Co. Ltd. 

 
  
  

	 	7.6	The date to pick up delivery of goods shall be subject to the recorded date on the shipping order issued by the delivery company. In case of self-pick up of the
delivered goods, the date on the delivery order of Party A shall prevail. 

 Section II 

Article 8 Breach of Contract and Remedies 
  

	 	8.1	Breach of Contract: any violation of the Contract by Party A or Party B shall be viewed as breach of the Contract. In the event that any party violates the Contract,
the other party shall promptly require, in writing, the defaulting party to make corrections. In case the defaulting party corrects its behavior within 30 days, it shall be deemed as a correction. Should the acts of the defaulting party cause any
substantial economic loss to the other party, the non-defaulting party shall be entitled to make a claim. Any substantial economic loss to the defaulting party due to its own reasons shall be borne by itself and the non-defaulting party shall have
no liability therein. The defaulting party has the obligation to prevent further losses. 

  

	 	8.2	Remedies: In the event that any side violates the Contract, both sides should hold a positive attitude and solve the issue through consultation. In the event that no
agreement can be reached after consultation, the dispute may be brought to court proceedings. The place of performance of the Contract is the location of Party A. 

 Article 9 Contract Termination and Renewal 
  

	 	9.1	Natural Termination of the Contract: The Contract may be terminated naturally after Party A and Party B have fulfilled all of their rights and obligations set in the
Contract within the duration of the Contract. 

  

	 	9.2	Early Termination of the Contract: In the event that Party A violates the terms and articles of the Contract, Party B shall have the right to terminate the Contract in
advance; and vise versa. 

  

	 	9.3	Contract Renewal: In case Party B intends to renew the Contract, it has to submit an application for contract renewal one month prior to the expiry of the Contract.
Party B has the priority to the sales contract for the year to come. 

 Article 10 Taxes and Fees 

 

	 	10.1	Any fees arising from Party B’s payments for goods shall be borne by Party B. 

 

	 	10.2	Taxes and fees occurred from the operation and sales activities of Party B shall be borne by Party B itself. 

 Tianjin Joway Century Science & Technology Development Co. Ltd. 

 
  
  

 Article 11 Force Majeure 

 

	 	11.1	Any failure to fulfill the Contract due to such force majeure as earthquakes, floods, other natural disasters or large-scale plague epidemic or national policy changes
will not be deemed as a violation of the Contract. Both sides shall bear no responsibilities for losses caused by force majeure. In case the Contract has not been fulfilled for over 6 months due to force majeure, the Contract shall terminate
naturally. 

 Article 12 Signing, Validation and the Signature Date of the Contract 

 

	 	12.1	The Contract is made in duplicate with each Party holding one copy, and will take effect upon signature and seal of both Parties. 

 

			
	 Party A: Tianjin Joway Shengshi Group Co., Ltd.
       Address: No. 309, Global Landmark,

      Nanjing Road, Nankai District, Tianjin.
	  	 Party B:
  
 Address:
  
 I.D. Card
No.:
  
 Date:

		
	Legal Representative:	  	Contact No.:
		
	Entrusted Agent:	  	
		
	Date:	  	
		
	Contact No.:Indenture

 Exhibit 4.1 
 EXECUTION VERSION 
  
  

 
 EVERTEC, INC. 

as Issuer 
 and

 the Guarantors party hereto 
 11% Senior Notes due 2018 
  

 
 INDENTURE

 Dated as of September 30, 2010 
  

 
 Wilmington Trust
FSB, 
 as Trustee 
  

 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
		  	ARTICLE I	  			
			
		  	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  			
			
	 SECTION 1.01.
	  	Definitions	  	 	1	  
	 SECTION 1.02.
	  	Other Definitions	  	 	30	  
	 SECTION 1.03.
	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	 	31	  
	 SECTION 1.04.
	  	Rules of Construction	  	 	31	  
			
		  	ARTICLE II	  			
			
		  	THE NOTES	  			
			
	 SECTION 2.01.
	  	Amount of Notes	  	 	32	  
	 SECTION 2.02.
	  	Form and Dating	  	 	32	  
	 SECTION 2.03.
	  	Execution and Authentication	  	 	33	  
	 SECTION 2.04.
	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	33	  
	 SECTION 2.05.
	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 2.06.
	  	Holder Lists	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 2.07.
	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 2.08.
	  	Replacement Notes	  	 	35	  
	 SECTION 2.09.
	  	Outstanding Notes	  	 	35	  
	 SECTION 2.10.
	  	[Intentionally Omitted]	  	 	35	  
	 SECTION 2.11.
	  	Cancellation	  	 	35	  
	 SECTION 2.12.
	  	Defaulted Interest	  	 	35	  
	 SECTION 2.13.
	  	CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, Etc.	  	 	35	  
	 SECTION 2.14.
	  	Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes	  	 	36	  
			
		  	ARTICLE III	  			
			
		  	REDEMPTION	  			
			
	 SECTION 3.01.
	  	Redemption	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 3.02.
	  	Applicability of Article	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 3.03.
	  	Notices to Trustee	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 3.04.
	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 3.05.
	  	Notice of Optional Redemption	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 3.06.
	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 3.07.
	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	 	38	  
	 SECTION 3.08.
	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	 	38	  
			
		  	ARTICLE IV	  			
			
		  	COVENANTS	  			
			
	 SECTION 4.01.
	  	Payment of Notes	  	 	38	  
	 SECTION 4.02.
	  	Reports and Other Information	  	 	38	  
	 SECTION 4.03.
	  	Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock	  	 	40	  
	 SECTION 4.04.
	  	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	 	45	  
	 SECTION 4.05.
	  	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	  	 	50	  

  
 -i-

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	 SECTION 4.06.
	  	Asset Sales	  	 	51	  
	 SECTION 4.07.
	  	Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	53	  
	 SECTION 4.08.
	  	Change of Control	  	 	55	  
	 SECTION 4.09.
	  	Compliance Certificate	  	 	56	  
	 SECTION 4.10.
	  	Further Instruments and Acts	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 4.11.
	  	Future Note Guarantors	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 4.12.
	  	Liens	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 4.13.
	  	[Intentionally Omitted]	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 4.14.
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 4.15.
	  	Withholding Taxes	  	 	58	  
	 SECTION 4.16.
	  	Covenant Suspension	  	 	59	  
	 SECTION 4.17.
	  	[Intentionally Omitted]	  	 	60	  
			
		  	ARTICLE V	  			
			
		  	SUCCESSOR COMPANY	  			
			
	 SECTION 5.01.
	  	Merger, Amalgamation, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets	  	 	60	  
			
		  	ARTICLE VI	  			
			
		  	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  			
			
	 SECTION 6.01.
	  	Events of Default	  	 	62	  
	 SECTION 6.02.
	  	Acceleration	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 6.03.
	  	Other Remedies	  	 	64	  
	 SECTION 6.04.
	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	64	  
	 SECTION 6.05.
	  	Control by Majority	  	 	64	  
	 SECTION 6.06.
	  	Limitation on Suits	  	 	64	  
	 SECTION 6.07.
	  	Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment	  	 	65	  
	 SECTION 6.08.
	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	65	  
	 SECTION 6.09.
	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	65	  
	 SECTION 6.10.
	  	Priorities	  	 	65	  
	 SECTION 6.11.
	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	66	  
	 SECTION 6.12.
	  	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	  	 	66	  
			
		  	ARTICLE VII	  			
			
		  	TRUSTEE	  			
			
	 SECTION 7.01.
	  	Duties of Trustee	  	 	66	  
	 SECTION 7.02.
	  	Rights of Trustee	  	 	67	  
	 SECTION 7.03.
	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	68	  
	 SECTION 7.04.
	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	68	  
	 SECTION 7.05.
	  	Notice of Defaults	  	 	69	  
	 SECTION 7.06.
	  	Reports by Trustee to the Holders	  	 	69	  
	 SECTION 7.07.
	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	69	  
	 SECTION 7.08.
	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 7.09.
	  	Successor Trustee by Merger	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 7.10.
	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	71	  
	 SECTION 7.11.
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer	  	 	71	  

  
 -ii-

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
		  	ARTICLE VIII	  			
			
		  	DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE	  			
			
	 SECTION 8.01.
	  	Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance	  	 	71	  
	 SECTION 8.02.
	  	Conditions to Defeasance	  	 	72	  
	 SECTION 8.03.
	  	Application of Trust Money	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 8.04.
	  	Repayment to Issuer	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 8.05.
	  	Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 8.06.
	  	Reinstatement	  	 	73	  
			
		  	ARTICLE IX	  			
			
		  	AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS	  			
			
	 SECTION 9.01.
	  	Without Consent of the Holders	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 9.02.
	  	With Consent of the Holders	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 9.03.
	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 9.04.
	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 9.05.
	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 9.06.
	  	Trustee to Sign Amendments	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 9.07.
	  	Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount	  	 	76	  
			
		  	ARTICLE X	  			
			
		  	[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]	  			
			
		  	ARTICLE XI	  			
			
		  	[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]	  			
			
		  	ARTICLE XII	  			
			
		  	GUARANTEE	  			
	 SECTION 12.01.
	  	Guarantee	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 12.02.
	  	Limitation on Liability	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 12.03.
	  	Successors and Assigns	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 12.04.
	  	No Waiver	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 12.05.
	  	Modification	  	 	79	  
	 SECTION 12.06.
	  	Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Note Guarantors	  	 	79	  
	 SECTION 12.07.
	  	Non-Impairment	  	 	79	  
			
		  	ARTICLE XIII	  			
			
		  	MISCELLANEOUS	  			
			
	 SECTION 13.01.
	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	 	79	  
	 SECTION 13.02.
	  	Notices	  	 	79	  
	 SECTION 13.03.
	  	Communication by the Holders with Other Holders	  	 	80	  
	 SECTION 13.04.
	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	80	  
	 SECTION 13.05.
	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	80	  
	 SECTION 13.06.
	  	When Notes Disregarded	  	 	80	  

  
 -iii-

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	 SECTION 13.07.
	  	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	  	 	80	  
	 SECTION 13.08.
	  	Legal Holidays	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 13.09.
	  	GOVERNING LAW	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 13.10.
	  	No Recourse Against Others	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 13.11.
	  	Successors	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 13.12.
	  	Multiple Originals	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 13.13.
	  	Table of Contents; Headings	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 13.14.
	  	Indenture Controls	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 13.15.
	  	Severability	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 13.16.
	  	[Intentionally Omitted]	  	 	81	  

  

							
	 Appendix A
	  	 	–	  	  	Provisions Relating to Initial Notes, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes
			
	 EXHIBIT INDEX
	  				  	
			
	 Exhibit A
	  	 	–	  	  	Form of Initial Note
	 Exhibit B
	  	 	–	  	  	Form of Exchange Note
	 Exhibit C
	  	 	–	  	  	Form of Transferee Letter of Representation
	 Exhibit D
	  	 	–	  	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture Related to Subsidiary Guarantors

  
 -iv-

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

 

			
	 TIA
 Section
	  	Indenture
Section
	 310 (a)(1)
	  	7.10
	    (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	    (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	    (a )(4)
	  	N.A.
	    (b)
	  	7.08; 7.10
	    (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311 (a)
	  	7.11
	    (b)
	  	7.11
	    (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312 (a)
	  	2.06
	    (b)
	  	13.03
	    (c)
	  	13.03
	 313 (a)
	  	7.06
	    (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	    (b)(2)
	  	7.06
	    (c)
	  	7.06
	    (d)
	  	4.02; 4.09
	 314 (a)
	  	4.02; 4.09
	    (b)
	  	N.A.
	    (c)(1)
	  	13.04
	    (c)(2)
	  	13.04
	    (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	    (d)
	  	N.A.
	    (e)
	  	13.05
	    (f)
	  	4.10
	 315 (a)
	  	7.01
	    (b)
	  	7.05
	    (c)
	  	7.01
	    (d)
	  	7.01
	    (e)
	  	6.11
	 316 (a)(last sentence)
	  	13.06
	    (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	    (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	    (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	    (b)
	  	6.07
	 317 (a)(1)
	  	6.08
	    (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	    (b)
	  	2.05
	 318 (a)
	  	13.01

 N.A. Means Not Applicable. 

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 

 INDENTURE dated as of September 30, 2010 among EVERTEC, INC., a Puerto Rico corporation
(the “Issuer”), the Guarantors party hereto from time to time (the “Note Guarantors”) and WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of
(i) $220,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 11% Senior Notes due 2018 issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Notes”), (ii) exchange notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement or pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Notes”) and (iii) Additional Notes issued from time to time as either Initial Notes or Exchange Notes
(together with the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes, the “Notes”): 
 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 SECTION 1.01 Definitions. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means,
with respect to any specified Person: 
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other
Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and 
 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 
 “Acquisition” means the acquisition by the Sponsor of 51% of the outstanding voting power of the Capital Stock of the Issuer, pursuant to the Merger Agreement. 

“Acquisition Documents” means the Merger Agreement and any other document entered into in connection therewith or
contemplated thereby, in each case as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time prior to the Issue Date or thereafter, so long as any amendment, supplement or modification after the Issue Date, together with all other amendments,
supplements and modifications after the Issue Date, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the Acquisition Documents as in effect on the Issue Date, as determined in good faith by the
Issuer. 
 “Additional Notes” means Notes issued under the terms of this Indenture subsequent to the Issue
Date. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled
by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. 
 “Amended and Restated ATH Network
Participation Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated ATH Network Participation Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2010, by and between Banco Popular de Puerto Rico and the Issuer. 

“Amended and Restated Master Service Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Master Service Agreement, dated
as of September 30, 2010, among Popular, Inc., Banco Popular de Puerto Rico and the Issuer. 
 “Applicable
Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of: 

 (1) 1% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Note; and 

(2) the excess of: 
 (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at October 1, 2014 (such redemption price being set forth in Paragraph 5 of the Note) plus
(ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through October 1, 2014 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

 (b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Note. 

“Asset Sale” means: 
 (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale/ Leaseback Transaction)
outside the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or 
 (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares or other Equity Interests issued to foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by
applicable law) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), 
 in each case other than: 
 (a) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or
Investment Grade Securities in the ordinary course of business; a disposition of obsolete, damaged or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business; or a disposition of inventory no longer useful or necessary in the operation of
business; 
 (b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted
pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control; 
 (c) any Restricted
Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.04; 
 (d) any
disposition of assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, which assets or Equity Interests so disposed or issued have an aggregate Fair Market Value (as
determined in good faith by the Issuer) of less than $15.0 million; 
 (e) any disposition of property or assets,
or the issuance of securities, by the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or other Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (f) any exchange of assets (including a combination of assets and Cash Equivalents) for assets related to a Similar Business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the
Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Issuer; 
 (g) foreclosure
or any similar action with respect to any property or other asset of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (h) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 

  
 -2-

 (i) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in
the ordinary course of business; 
 (j) any sale of inventory or other assets or the sale of receivables pursuant
to non-recourse factoring arrangements, in each case in the ordinary course of business; 
 (k) any grant in the
ordinary course of business of any license of patents, trademarks, know-how or any other intellectual property; 

(l) in the ordinary course of business, any swap of assets, or lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal
property, in exchange for services (including in connection with any outsourcing arrangements) of comparable or greater value or usefulness to the business of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the
Issuer; 
 (m) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of
“Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing; 
 (n) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens; 
 (o) any
disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such
Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or
acquisition; 
 (p) the sale of any property in a Sale/Leaseback Transaction within six months of the acquisition
of such property; 
 (q) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection
thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements; 
 (r) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and 

(s) any disposition in the ordinary course of business, including disposition in connection with any Settlement,
dispositions of Settlement Assets, Merchant Agreements and dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements
and similar binding arrangements. 
 “Bank Indebtedness” means any and all amounts payable under or in respect
of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Agreement Documents as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time (including after termination of the Credit
Agreement), including principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Issuer whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in
such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof. 
 “Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors or managers, sole member or managing members, as applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the
board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof. 

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or
required by law to close in New York City. 

  
 -3-

 “Capital Stock” means: 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability
company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or
participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to
be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP. 

“Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or
accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are
or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and such Subsidiaries. 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 
 (1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any member state in the European Union or, in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time
in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the
U.S. government or any country that is a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case maturing not more than two years from the date of acquisition; 

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date
of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million and whose long-term debt is
rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency); 

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered
into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 
 (5)
commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Issuer) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings
agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; 
 (7) readily marketable direct
obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another
internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; 
 (8) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s (or reasonably
equivalent ratings of 

  
 -4-

 
another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; and 

(9) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses
(1) through (7) above. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of either of the following:

 (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the
assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person other than any of the Permitted Holders; 
 (2) at any time prior to a Qualified IPO, any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate shall fail to beneficially own (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act or any
successor provision), directly or indirectly, Voting Stock of the Issuer representing at least a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer; provided that no Change of Control shall be deemed to occur under this clause
(2) if at such time (x) no Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or
disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any of the Permitted Holders, beneficially owns (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act or any successor provision),
directly or indirectly, Voting Stock of the Issuer representing more than 10% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer and (y) the Permitted Holders in the aggregate own, directly or indirectly, Voting Stock of the Issuer
representing a greater percentage of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer than any other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including
any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act); or 
 (3) the Issuer becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group
(within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule
13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any of the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial
ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer. 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount
of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of intangible assets, deferred financing fees and Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to
pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including amortization of original issue discount, the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to
interest rate Hedging Obligations and excluding additional interest in respect of the Notes, amortization or write-off of deferred financing fees, debt issuance 

  
 -5-

 
costs, commissions, fees and expenses and expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees); plus 

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and such Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period, whether paid or accrued; plus 
 (3) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges
Incurred in connection with any Receivables Financing which are payable to Persons other than the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries; minus 
 (4) interest income for such period; 
 provided that for purposes of calculating
Consolidated Interest Expense, no effect shall be given to the discount and/or premium resulting from the bifurcation of derivatives under FASB ASC 815 and related interpretations as a result of the terms of the Indebtedness to which such
Consolidated Interest Expense relates. 
 For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be
deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period, on a consolidated basis; provided, however, that: 
 (1) any net after-tax extraordinary,
nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto), or expenses or charges, any severance expenses, relocation or other restructuring expenses, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee
benefit plans, excess pension charges, any expenses related to any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternate uses, fees, expenses or charges relating to facilities closing costs, acquisition
integration costs, transition expenses attributable to the Issuer becoming an independent operating company in connection with the Transactions (whether incurred before, on or after the Issue Date), facilities opening costs, project start-up costs,
business optimization costs, signing, retention or completion bonuses, expenses or charges related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or issuance, repayment, refinancing, amendment or
modification of Indebtedness (in each case, whether or not successful), any costs associated with the separation of the Venezuela operations from the business conducted by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date (whether or not such
separation costs are incurred before, on or after the Issue Date), and any fees, expenses, charges or change in control payments made under the Acquisition Documents or otherwise related to the Transactions (including any expenses or charges
attributable to any payments made (or any agreement or commitment to make any payment) to employees of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer in lieu of stock options, restricted stock units or similar items or in satisfaction of any obligation
or a commitment to grant or issue any such items), in each case, shall be excluded; 
 (2) effects of purchase
accounting adjustments (including, without limitation, the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries and the effects of adjustments to unearned income and deferred rent) in amounts required or permitted by GAAP,
resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded; 

(3) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during
such period; 
 (4) any net after-tax income or loss from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or
discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded; 

  
 -6-

 (5) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges
relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by management of the Issuer) shall be excluded; 

(6) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early
extinguishment of indebtedness, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; 
 (7) the
Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or
distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period; 

(8) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (1) of the
definition of “Cumulative Credit,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Note Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by
such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any
agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have
been legally waived; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or converted into cash) by any such Restricted
Subsidiary to such Person, to the extent not already included therein; 
 (9) any impairment charges or asset
write-offs, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded; 
 (10) any non-cash expense realized or resulting from stock option plans, employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock
options, restricted stock, preferred stock or other rights, shall be excluded; 
 (11) any (a) one-time
non-cash compensation charges, (b) costs and expenses after the Issue Date related to employment of terminated employees, or (c) costs or expenses realized in connection with or resulting from stock appreciation or similar rights, stock
options or other rights existing on the Issue Date of officers, directors and employees, in each case of such Person or any such Subsidiary, shall be excluded; 
 (12) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within 12 months after the Issue Date and that are so required to be established or adjusted in accordance with GAAP or as a result of adoption
or modification of accounting policies shall be excluded; 
 (13) (a) the Net Income of any Person and its
Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries shall be calculated without deducting the income attributable to, or adding the losses attributable to, the minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary except
to the extent of dividends declared or paid in respect of such period or any prior period on the shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary held by such third parties and (b) any ordinary course dividend, distribution or other
payment paid in cash and received from any Person in excess of amounts included in clause (7) above shall be included; 
 (14) (a)(i) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (ii) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense which exceeds the amount
expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included and (b) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by the applicable standard under GAAP and related interpretations shall be excluded;

  
 -7-

 (15) any currency translation gains and losses related to currency
remeasurements, including, but not limited to, Indebtedness, and any net loss or gain resulting from hedging transactions for currency exchange risk, shall be excluded; 

(16) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that
there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within
365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded; 

(17) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by the applicable standard
under GAAP and related interpretations shall be excluded; 
 (18) non-cash charges for deferred tax valuation
allowances shall be excluded; and 
 (19) any expenses attributable to costs paid by any Person (other than the
Issuer or its Subsidiaries) on behalf of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or expenses that are reimbursed by such Person to the Issuer or its Subsidiaries, in each case, to the extent specifically contemplated in the Merger Agreement, shall be
excluded. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.04 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated
Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments
permitted under such Section pursuant to clauses (D) and (E) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit.” 
 “Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the non-cash expenses (other than Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense) of such Person and
its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP, provided that if any such non-cash expenses represent
an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, but excluding from this proviso, for the
avoidance of doubt, amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period. 
 “Consolidated
Taxes” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, franchise, property and similar taxes, and foreign
withholding taxes (including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations). 

“Consolidated Total Assets” shall mean, as of any date, the total assets of the Issuer and its consolidated Restricted
Subsidiaries without giving effect to any amortization or write-off of the amount of intangible assets (including, without limitation, goodwill) since the Issue Date (or with respect to assets acquired after the Issue Date, the date such assets were
acquired by the Issuer or a consolidated Restricted Subsidiary), determined in accordance with GAAP, as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer as of such date for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant
to Section 4.02 (or, if no such financial statements have been delivered, as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer set forth in this offering memorandum). 

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases,
dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation,
any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent: 
 (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any
property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, 

  
 -8-

 (2) to advance or supply funds: 

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or 

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or
solvency of the primary obligor; or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose
of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 
 “Credit Agreement” means (i) the credit agreement entered into in connection with, and on or prior to, the consummation of the Acquisition, among Carib Holdings, Inc., the Issuer,
the guarantors named therein, the financial institutions named therein, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders
or otherwise), restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the
Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof and
(ii) whether or not the credit agreement referred to in clause (i) remains outstanding, if designated by the Issuer to be included in the definition of “Credit Agreement,” one or more (A) debt facilities or commercial paper
facilities, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit,
(B) debt securities, indentures or other forms of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances), or (C) instruments or agreements evidencing any other Indebtedness,
in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated, replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time. 

“Credit Agreement Documents” means the collective reference to any Credit Agreement, any notes issued pursuant thereto
and the guarantees thereof, and the collateral documents relating thereto, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified, in whole or in part, from time to time. 

“Cumulative Credit” means the sum of (without duplication): 

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period, [the
“Reference Period”]), from October 1, 2010 to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such
Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus 
 (B) 100% of the
aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of property other than cash, received by the Issuer after the Issue Date (other than net proceeds to the extent such net proceeds have been
used to Incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xiii)) from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer (excluding Refunding Capital
Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock), including Equity Interests issued upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary), plus

 (C) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Issuer received in cash and the Fair
Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of property other than cash after the Issue Date (other than Excluded Contributions, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock and Disqualified Stock and other than contributions to
the extent such contributions have been used to Incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xiii)), plus 

  
 -9-

 (D) 100% of the principal amount of any Indebtedness or the liquidation
preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued after the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock issued to a Restricted Subsidiary)
which has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (provided in the case of any such parent, such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is
retired or extinguished), plus 
 (E) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of property other than cash received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from: 

(I) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by
the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) and from repayments of
loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constituted Restricted Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to clause (viii) of Section 4.04(b)), 

(II) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or

 (III) a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus 

(F) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Issuer has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been
merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the Investment of the Issuer
or the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (which, if the Fair Market Value of such investment shall exceed $50.0 million, shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, a copy of the resolution of which with
respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee) at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable) (other than in each case to the extent that the designation of such Subsidiary as
an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clause (viii) of Section 4.04(b) or constituted a Permitted Investment). 
 “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a
subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 
 “Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred
Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer
or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, on the issuance date thereof. 
 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it
is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event: 
 (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable,
pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), 

  
 -10-

 (2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of
such Person, or 
 (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part (other than solely
as a result of a change of control or asset sale), 
 in each case prior to 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the
date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior
to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such
employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by such Person in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s
termination, death or disability; provided, further, that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock
shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock. 
 “EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries for such period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income: 

(1) Consolidated Taxes; plus 

(2) Fixed Charges; plus 
 (3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense; plus 

(4) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus 

(5) any expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Depreciation or Amortization Expense) related to any issuance of
Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the Incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such
fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Bank Indebtedness, (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes or other Indebtedness, (iii) any additional interest in respect of the Notes and
(iv) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Receivables Financing; plus 
 (6) business optimization expenses and other restructuring charges, reserves or expenses (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include, without limitation, the effect of inventory optimization
programs, facility closures, facility consolidations, retention, systems establishment costs, contract termination costs, future lease commitments and excess pension charges); plus 

(7) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the
Sponsor or Popular (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period to the extent otherwise permitted by Section 4.07; plus 

(8) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a
Qualified Receivables Financing; plus 
 (9) any costs or expense Incurred pursuant to any management
equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of
the Issuer or a Note Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the Cumulative Credit;
plus 

  
 -11-

 (10) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation
of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote (3) to the “Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial Data” under “Summary” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication,
continue to be applicable to such period less, without duplication; 
 (11) non-cash items increasing
Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding the recognition of deferred revenue or any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and any items
for which cash was received in a prior period). 
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants,
options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Equity Offering” means any public or private sale after the Issue Date of common Capital Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as
applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), other than: 
 (1) public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s
or such direct or indirect parent’s common Capital Stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8; 
 (2)
issuances to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries; and 
 (3) any such public or private sale that constitutes
an Excluded Contribution. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the
rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” means the
registration statement filed with the SEC in connection with the Registered Exchange Offer. 
 “Excluded
Contributions” means the Cash Equivalents or other assets (valued at their Fair Market Value as determined in good faith by the Issuer) received by the Issuer after the Issue Date from: 

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and 

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or
any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer, 
 in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on or promptly after the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Capital Stock is sold, as the
case may be. 
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be
negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for
such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated
giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period; provided that the Issuer may elect pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate
delivered to the Trustee to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness as being Incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness 

  
 -12-

 
under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence at such subsequent time. 
 For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations (including the Transactions) and discontinued operations (as
determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has determined to make and/or made during the reference period or subsequent
to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations,
consolidations (including the Transactions), discontinued operations and other operational changes (and the change of any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the
reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment,
acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or operational change had occurred at
the beginning of the applicable period. If since the beginning of such period any Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, then the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting
officer of the Issuer. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (1) adjustments calculated in
accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, (2) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event (including, to the extent applicable, from the
Transactions), and (3) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote (3) to the “Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial Data” under
“Summary” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period. 
 If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had
been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be
deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the
computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on
Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none,
then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate. 
 For purposes of this definition, any amount in a
currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination in a manner consistent with that used in
calculating EBITDA for the applicable period. 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any
period, the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period,
and 
 (2) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred
Stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 -13-

 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by
such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the Issue Date. For the purposes of this Indenture, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person shall mean
such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an Investment. 

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course
of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under: 

(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap
agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and 
 (2) other agreements or
arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices. 

“holder” or “noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s
books. 
 “Incur” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided,
however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the
time it becomes a Subsidiary. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect
of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and
unpaid purchase price of any property (except any such balance that constitutes (i) a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation
becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and (iii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing the property in
service or taking delivery and title thereto, (d) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, or (e) representing any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness would appear as a liability on a
balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (2) to the
extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the obligations referred to in clause (1) of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for
collection in the ordinary course of business); and 
 (3) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of
another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value (as
determined in good faith by the Issuer) of such asset at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person; 
 provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (1) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of
borrowed money; (2) deferred or prepaid revenues; (3) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty 

  
 -14-

 
or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller; (4) Obligations under or in respect of Qualified Receivables Financing or (5) obligations under the Acquisition Documents to
the extent such obligations are not for borrowed money. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary,
Indebtedness shall not include, and shall be calculated without giving effect to, the effects of GAAP to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under this Indenture as a result of
accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness; and any such amounts that would have constituted Indebtedness under this Indenture but for the application of this sentence shall not be deemed an Incurrence of
Indebtedness under this Indenture. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to
time. 
 “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or
consultant, in each case of nationally recognized standing, that is, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 

“Interest Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B hereto. 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or
the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 
 “Investment Grade
Securities” means: 
 (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S.
government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents), 
 (2) securities that have a
rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P, but excluding any debt securities or loans or advances between and among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, 

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and
(2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution, and 
 (4)
corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition. 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates)
in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the
ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of such
Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and
Section 4.04: 
 (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s
equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to:

  
 -15-

 (a) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time
of such redesignation less 
 (b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such
Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 
 (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) at the time of such transfer, in each case as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer. 
 “Issue Date” means the date on which the
Notes are originally issued. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge,
security interest or similar encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature
thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction); provided that in no
event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 
 “Management Group” means the group consisting
of the directors, executive officers and other management personnel of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as the case may be, on the Issue Date together with (1) any new directors whose election by such boards of
directors or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable, was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the
Issuer, as applicable, then still in office who were either directors on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination was previously so approved and (2) executive officers and other management personnel of the Issuer or any direct or indirect
parent of the Issuer, as applicable, hired at a time when the directors on the Issue Date together with the directors so approved constituted a majority of the directors of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable.

 “Merchant Agreement” shall mean any contract entered into with a merchant relating to the provision of
Merchant Services. 
 “Merchant Services” shall mean services provided to merchants relating to the
authorization, transaction capture, settlement, chargeback handling and internet-based transaction processing of credit, debit, stored-value and loyalty card and other payment transactions (including provision of point of service devices and other
equipment necessary to capture merchant transactions and other ancillary services). 
 “Merger” means the
merger of Carib Acquisition, Inc. with and into EVERTEC, Inc., with EVERTEC, Inc. as the surviving corporation, pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement. 
 “Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger among Popular, AP Carib Holdings, Ltd., Carib Acquisition, Inc. and the Issuer, dated as of June 30, 2010, as amended or
supplemented as of the Issue Date. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any
successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net
income (loss) of such Person, and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends. 

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any
Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of
principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets

  
 -16-

 
or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including,
without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax
credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related, solely to such disposition), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to
Section 4.06(b)(i)) to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such
transaction and retained by the Issuer after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification
obligations associated with such transaction. 
 “Note Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the
Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Note
Guarantor” means any Person that Incurs a Note Guarantee; provided that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person ceases to be a Note Guarantor. 

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without
limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided that Obligations with respect to the
Notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of the Trustee and other third parties other than the holders of the Notes. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the confidential offering memorandum, dated September 23, 2010, relating to the issuance of the Initial Notes. 

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, any Executive
Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be
the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, which meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee and that satisfies the
requirements set forth in this Indenture. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee. 

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means: 

(1) with respect to the Issuer, the Notes and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Notes;
and 
 (2) with respect to any Note Guarantor, its Note Guarantee and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in
right of payment to such Note Guarantor’s Note Guarantee. 
 “Permitted Holders” means, at any time, each
of (i) the Sponsor, (ii) Popular, (iii) the Management Group with respect to no more than 10% of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, (iv) any Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct
or indirect parent of the Issuer and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any of the other Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof
and (v) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any of the Permitted Holders

  
 -17-

 
specified in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent
of the Issuer (a “Permitted Holder Group”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person
or other “group” (other than Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group. Any Person or
group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an
additional Permitted Holder. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 

(1) any Investment in the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person if as a result of such Investment (a) such
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is
liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not
constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.06 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 

(5) any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Issue Date or an Investment
consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the
Issue Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 
 (6) advances to employees, taken together
with all other advances made pursuant to this clause (6), not to exceed $7.5 million at any one time outstanding; 
 (7) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection
with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, or (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any
secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 
 (8) Hedging
Obligations permitted under Section 4.03(b)(x); 
 (9) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary in a Similar Business having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the
greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) 6.75% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in
value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (10) additional Investments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken together with all other Investments 

  
 -18-

 
made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $85.0 million and (y) 7.75% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of such
Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (10) is made in any
Person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made
pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (10) for so long as such Person continues to be the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(11) loans and advances to officers, directors or employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and
other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; 

(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or any
direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (C) of the definition of “Cumulative
Credit”; 
 (13) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and
made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.07(b) (except transactions described in clauses (ii), (vi), (vii), (xi)(b) of such Section); 
 (14) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons; 

(15) guarantees issued in accordance with Section 4.03 and Section 4.11, including, without limitation, any
guarantee or other obligation issued or Incurred under the Credit Agreement in connection with any letter of credit issued for the account of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (including with respect to the issuance of, or payments in respect of
drawings under, such letters of credit); 
 (16) Investments consisting of or to finance purchases and
acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials, services or equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property; 
 (17) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held
in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness; 
 (18) any Investment in an entity or purchase of a business or assets in each case owned (or previously owned) by a customer of a Restricted Subsidiary as a condition or in connection with such customer
(or any member of such customer’s group) contracting with a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case in the ordinary course of business; 
 (19) any Investment in an entity which is not a Restricted Subsidiary to which a Restricted Subsidiary sells accounts receivable pursuant to a Receivables Financing; 

(20) additional Investments in joint ventures not to exceed at any one time in the aggregate outstanding under this clause
(20) the greater of $75.0 million and 7.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of such Investment; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (20) is made in any Person that is not the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and
shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (20) for so long as such Person continues to be the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 -19-

 (21) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or
of an entity merged into, amalgamated with or consolidated with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 5.01 after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in
contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation; 

(22) any Investment in any Subsidiary of the Issuer or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management
arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (23) any Investment arising
in the ordinary course of business as a result of any Settlement, including Investments in and of Settlement Assets. 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar
legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits
of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case
for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for
review; 
 (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due or payable or subject to
penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; 
 (4) deposits
and other Liens to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for Indebtedness), leases (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance and return of money bonds, bids, leases,
government contracts, trade contracts, agreements with utilities, and other obligations of a like nature (including letters of credit in lieu of any such bonds or to support the issuance thereof) outstanding on the Issue Date or incurred in the
ordinary course of business (whether or not consistent with past practices), including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business; 

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses,
rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership
of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 (6) (A) Liens on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor securing Indebtedness of
such Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03, (B) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under the Credit Agreement, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted
to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(i), (C) Liens securing obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by Section 4.03; provided that, with respect to Liens securing obligations permitted under
this clause (C), at the time of Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio of the Issuer would not exceed 4.00 to 1.00, and (D) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred
pursuant to clause (iv), (xvi), (xx) or (xxiv) of Section 4.03(b) (provided that (i) in the case of clause (xx) such Lien does not extend to the 

  
 -20-

 
property or assets of any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is a Note Guarantor, and (ii) in the case of clause (xvi) such Lien applies solely to acquired property or assets of the acquired
entity, as the case may be); 
 (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens in favor of the lenders
under the Credit Agreement); 
 (8) Liens on assets, property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such
Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not
extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (9) Liens on assets or property
at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the assets or property, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that
such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or
another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; 
 (11) Liens
securing Hedging Obligations not Incurred in violation of this Indenture; provided that with respect to Hedging Obligations relating to Indebtedness, such Lien extends only to the property securing such Indebtedness; 

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s
obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(13) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of
the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing
statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Note Guarantor; 
 (16)
Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; 

(17) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 

(18) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 

(19) grants of software and other technology licenses in the ordinary course of business; 

(20) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings,
refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11) and (15); provided, however, that (x) such new
Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum
of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11) and (15) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture,
and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal 

  
 -21-

 
or replacement; provided further, however, that in the case of any Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal of Indebtedness secured by a Lien referred to in clause
(6)(B), the principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred for such refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal shall be deemed secured by a Lien under clause (6)(B) and not this clause (20) for purposes of determining the principal amount
of Indebtedness outstanding under clause (6)(B); 
 (21) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located; 
 (22) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
and for which adequate reserves have been made; 
 (23) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention,
consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(24) Liens Incurred to secure cash management services or to implement cash pooling arrangements in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (25) other Liens securing obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business or securing
Indebtedness, which obligations or Indebtedness do not exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
 (26)
any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; 

(27) any amounts held by a trustee in the funds and accounts under an indenture securing any revenue bonds issued for the
benefit of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (28) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under
Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York or similar provisions in similar codes, statutes or laws in other jurisdictions on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading
accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the
general parameters customary in the banking industry; 
 (29) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial
deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 

(30) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with
banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the
ordinary course of business of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (31) Liens on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture; and 

(32) Settlement Liens. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any
agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

  
 -22-

 “Popular” means Popular, Inc. and its Affiliates (but not including any of
its portfolio companies). 
 “Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of
dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up. 
 “Qualified IPO” means any underwritten public
Equity Offering. 
 “Qualified Receivables Financing” means any Receivables Financing of a Receivables
Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: 
 (1) the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall have determined
in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Receivables Subsidiary; 

(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value (as
determined in good faith by the Issuer); and 
 (3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other
provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. 
 The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure Bank Indebtedness, Indebtedness in respect of the
Notes or any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to the Notes shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing. 

“Rating Agency” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate
the Notes for reasons outside of the Issuer’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15cs-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Issuer or any direct or indirect
parent of the Issuer as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be. 
 “Record Date”
has the meaning specified in Exhibits A and B hereto. 
 “Receivables Fees” means distributions
or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interests issued or sold in connection with, and all other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Financing.

 “Receivables Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the
Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries); and
(b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets
related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets
which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Issuer or any such
Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable. 
 “Receivables Repurchase Obligation” means any
obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof
becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller. 

“Receivables Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (or another Person formed for the purposes of
engaging in Qualified Receivables Financing with the Issuer in which the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the 

  
 -23-

 
Issuer makes an Investment and to which the Issuer or any such Subsidiary transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the
financing of accounts receivable of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and
which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and: 

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by
the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Issuer or
any other Subsidiary in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Issuer or any other Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction
thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; 
 (b) with which neither the Issuer nor
any other Subsidiary has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Issuer reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Issuer or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time
from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuer; and 
 (c) to which none of the Issuer or its other
Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. 
 Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving
effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions. 
 “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice
president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any
corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 

“Restricted Cash” means cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries that is
contractually restricted from being distributed to the Issuer or not available for general corporate purposes if and to the extent appearing as “restricted cash” on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unless otherwise
indicated, all references to Restricted Subsidiaries will mean Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer. 
 “Reversion
Date” means the date on which one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between the Issuer and a Restricted
Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien. 

  
 -24-

 “Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, at
any date the ratio of (i) Secured Indebtedness (other than property or assets held in a defeasance or similar trust or arrangement for the benefit of Secured Indebtedness secured thereby) of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted
Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of such Person and its
Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries and held by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation to (ii) EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
available immediately preceding such date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred. In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the
period for which the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is made (the “Secured Leverage Calculation Date”), then the
Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period;
provided that the Issuer may elect pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness as being Incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent Incurrence
of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence at such subsequent time. 
 For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations (including the Transactions) and discontinued operations (as
determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period
or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Secured Leverage Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers,
amalgamations, consolidations (including the Transactions), discontinued operations and other operational changes (and the change of any associated Indebtedness and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the
four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made
any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this
definition, then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or
operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. If since the beginning of such period any Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a
Restricted Subsidiary, then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any event, the pro forma calculations shall be
made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Issuer. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer as set forth in an Officer’s
Certificate, to reflect (1) adjustments calculated in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, (2) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable
event (including, to the extent applicable, from the Transactions) and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote (3) to the “Summary Historical
and Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data” under “Summary” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period. 

For purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average
exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder. 

  
 -25-

 “Senior Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any
Person, at any date the ratio of (i) Secured Indebtedness (other than (x) property or assets held in a defeasance or similar trust or arrangement for the benefit of Secured Indebtedness secured thereby and (y) any Secured Indebtedness
that is secured by Liens that are expressly subordinated to Liens securing the Credit Agreement) of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP) less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries and held by such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation to (ii) EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred.
In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the
event for which the calculation of the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is made (the “Secured Leverage Calculation Date”), then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such
Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided that the Issuer may elect pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the
Trustee to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness as being Incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be
an Incurrence at such subsequent time. 
 For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions,
dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations (including the Transactions) and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes that the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Secured Leverage Calculation Date shall be
calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations (including the Transactions), discontinued operations and other operational changes (and the change of any
associated Indebtedness and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged
with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with
respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such
Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. If since the beginning of such period any Restricted
Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such
designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever
pro forma effect is to be given to any event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Issuer. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments
appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (1) adjustments calculated in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, (2) operating expense
reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event (including, to the extent applicable, from the Transactions) and (3) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the
calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote (3) to the “Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data” under “Summary” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such adjustments,
without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four quarter period. 
 For purposes of this definition, any amount in a
currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination in a manner consistent with that used in
calculating EBITDA for the applicable period. 
 “Settlement” shall mean the transfer of cash or other property
with respect to any credit or debit card charge, check or other instrument, electronic funds transfer, or other type of paper-based or electronic payment, 

  
 -26-

 
transfer, or charge transaction for which a Person acts a processor, remitter, funds recipient or funds transmitter in the ordinary course of its business. 

“Settlement Assets” means any cash, receivable or other property, including a Settlement Receivable, due or conveyed to
a Person in consideration for a Settlement made or arranged, or to be made or arranged, by such Person or an Affiliate of such Person. 
 “Settlement Indebtedness” means any payment or reimbursement obligation in respect of a Settlement Payment. 
 “Settlement Lien” means any Lien relating to any Settlement or Settlement Indebtedness (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the grant of a Lien in or other assignment of a
Settlement Asset in consideration of a Settlement Payment, Liens securing intraday and overnight overdraft and automated clearing house exposure, and similar Liens). 
 “Settlement Payment” means the transfer, or contractual undertaking (including by automated clearing house transaction) to effect a transfer, of cash or other property to effect a
Settlement. 
 “Settlement Receivable” means any general intangible, payment intangible, or instrument
representing or reflecting an obligation to make payments to or for the benefit of a Person in consideration for and in the amount of a Settlement made or arranged, or to be made or arranged, by such Person. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of
the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or any successor provision). 

“Similar Business” means a business, the majority of whose revenues are derived from the activities of the Issuer and
its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date or any business or activity that is reasonably similar or complementary thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto. 

“Special Distribution” shall mean a dividend declared by the Issuer pursuant to Section 5.16 of the Merger
Agreement. 
 “Sponsor” means Apollo Management, L.P. and any of its respective Affiliates other than any
portfolio companies (collectively, the “Apollo Sponsor”). 
 “Standard Securitization
Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary thereof which the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables
Financing including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date
on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon
the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred). 
 “Stockholder
Agreement” means the Stockholder Agreement to be dated as of the Issue Date among, Holdings, Popular, AP Carib and the other holders named therein, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time prior to the Issue Date or
thereafter, in accordance with its terms. 
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the
Issuer, any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and (b) with respect to any Note Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of
payment to its Note Guarantee. 

  
 -27-

 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (1) any corporation,
association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or
indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, (2) any partnership, joint venture or limited liability company of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution
rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof,
whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity and (3) any Person
that is consolidated in the consolidated financial statements of the specified Person in accordance with GAAP. 

“Suspension Period” means the period of time between a Covenant Suspension Event and the related Reversion Date.

 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of
this Indenture. 
 “Transactions” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Offering Memorandum
including the Special Distribution. 
 “Transfer Restricted Notes” means, each and collectively, the Transfer
Restricted Definitive Notes and the Transfer Restricted Global Notes. 
 “Treasury Rate” means, as of the
applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has
become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption
date to October 1, 2014; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to October 1, 2014 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant
maturity of one year will be used. 
 “Trust Officer” means any officer within the corporate trust
administration department of the Trustee, with direct responsibility for performing the Trustee’s duties under this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer of the Trustee to whom such
matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the
successor. 
 “Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as
in effect from time to time. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the
Board of Directors of the Issuer in the manner provided below; and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary; 
 The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary)
to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary
of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness

  
 -28-

 
pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, further, however, that either: 

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or 

(b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under
Section 4.04. 
 The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation: 
 (x) (1) the Issuer could Incur $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a), or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than such ratio immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma
basis taking into account such designation, and 
 (y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 

Any such designation by the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the
Board of Directors or any committee thereof of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are: 

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is
pledged, or 
 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality
of the United States of America, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, 
 which, in each case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities
Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt;
provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government
Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depository receipt. 
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such
Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments. 

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other
ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or other ownership interests required to be held by foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such
Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 

  
 -29-

 SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions. 

 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
	 “Additional Amounts”
	  	4.15
	 “Additional Interest”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.07
	 “Agent Members”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	4.06(b)
	 “Bankruptcy Law”
	  	6.01
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.08(b)
	 “covenant defeasance option”
	  	8.01(b)
	 “Covenant Suspension Event”
	  	4.16
	 “Custodian”
	  	6.01
	 “Definitive Note”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Depository”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.06(b)
	 “Exchange Notes”
	  	Preamble
	 “Global Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Global Notes Legend”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Guaranteed Obligations”
	  	12.01(a)
	 “IAI”
	  	Appendix A
	 “incorporated provision”
	  	13.01
	 “Initial Notes”
	  	Preamble
	 “Initial Purchasers”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Issuer”
	  	Preamble
	 “legal defeasance option”
	  	8.01(b)
	 “Notes”
	  	Preamble
	 “Notes Custodian”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Notice of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.04(a)
	 “protected purchaser”
	  	2.08
	 “QIB”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Refinancing Indebtedness”
	  	4.03(b)
	 “Refunding Capital Stock”
	  	4.04(b)
	 “Registered Exchange Offer”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.04(a)
	 “Registration Rights Agreement”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Regulation S”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Restricted Notes Legend”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Restricted Payment”
	  	4.04(a)
	 “Restricted Period”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Retired Capital Stock”
	  	4.04(b)
	 “Reversion Date”
	  	4.16
	 “Rule 501”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Second Commitment”
	  	4.06(b)
	 “Shelf Registration Statement”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Successor Company”
	  	5.01(a)
	 “Successor”
	  	5.01(b)
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	4.16
	 “Tax Jurisdiction”
	  	4.15

  
 -30-

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
	 “Taxes”
	  	4.15
	 “Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Transfer Restricted Global Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Unrestricted Definitive Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Unrestricted Global Notes”
	  	Appendix A

 SECTION 1.03. Incorporation
by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture incorporates by reference certain provisions of the TIA. The following TIA terms have the following meanings: 
 “Commission” means the SEC. 
 “indenture
securities” means the Notes and any Note Guarantee. 
 “indenture security holder” means a holder.

 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee. 

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer and each Guarantor and any other obligor on the Notes.

 All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or
defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions. 
 SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction.
Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(c) “or” is not exclusive; 

(d) “including” means including without limitation; 

(e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

(f) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its
nature as unsecured Indebtedness; 
 (g) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount
security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; 

(h) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or
(ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater; 
 (i) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered
hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP; 

  
 -31-

 (j) “$” and “U.S. dollars” each refer to
United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; and 

(k) whenever in this Indenture or the Notes there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount
payable under or with respect to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest, to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest is, were or would be payable in respect thereof. 

ARTICLE II 

THE NOTES 

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this
Indenture on the Issue Date is $220,000,000. 
 The Issuer may from time to time after the Issue Date issue Additional Notes
under this Indenture in an unlimited principal amount, so long as (i) the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such Additional Notes is at such time permitted by Section 4.03 and (ii) such Additional Notes are issued in
compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture. With respect to any Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date (except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of,
other Notes pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 3.06, 4.06(b), 4.08 or Appendix A), there shall be (a) established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors and (b) (i) set forth or determined in the
manner provided in an Officer’s Certificate or (ii) established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Additional Notes: 

(1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture;

 (2) the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest on such
Additional Notes shall accrue; 
 (3) if applicable, that such Additional Notes shall be issuable in whole or in
part in the form of one or more Global Notes and, in such case, the respective depositaries for such Global Notes, the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by such Global Notes in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Exhibit
A hereto and any circumstances in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Section 2.2 of Appendix A in which any such Global Note may be exchanged in whole or in part for Additional Notes registered, or any transfer of such
Global Note in whole or in part may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the depositary for such Global Note or a nominee thereof; and 
 (4) if applicable, that such Additional Notes that are not Transfer Restricted Notes shall not be issued in the form of Initial Notes as set forth in Exhibit A, but shall be issued in the form of
Exchange Notes as set forth in Exhibit B. 
 If any of the terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken
pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the
Officers’ Certificate or the indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes. 
 The Initial
Notes, including any Additional Notes, may, at the Issuer’s option, be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. 

SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes are set forth in Appendix A,
which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The (i) Initial 

  
 -32-

 
Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication and (ii) any Additional Notes (if issued as Transfer Restricted Notes) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall
each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The (i) Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication and (ii) any Additional
Notes issued other than as Transfer Restricted Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this
Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuer or any Note Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement
is in a form acceptable to the Issuer). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without interest coupons and in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000.

 SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a
written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer (a) Initial Notes for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $220,000,000, (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes in an aggregate
principal amount to be determined at the time of issuance and specified therein and (c) the Exchange Notes for issue in a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement for a like principal amount of Initial Notes
exchanged pursuant thereto or otherwise pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. Such order shall specify the amount of separate Note certificates to be authenticated, the principal amount of each of the Notes to be
authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated, the registered holder of each of the Notes and delivery instructions and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Exchange Notes. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this Indenture or Appendix A, any issuance of Additional Notes after the Issue Date shall be in a principal amount of at least $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. 

One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be
valid nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of
authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer,
a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee
includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
 SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent. 
 (a) The Issuer shall maintain
(i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying
Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any
co-registrars. The term “Paying Agent” includes the Paying Agent and any additional paying agents. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and the Notes Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

 (b) The Issuer may enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this
Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such agent. If the
Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Issuer or any of its domestically organized Wholly Owned Subsidiaries
may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

  
 -33-

 (c) The Issuer may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such
Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered
into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor
in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee; provided, however, that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the
Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08. 
 SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in
Trust. Prior to each due date of the principal of and interest on any Note, the Issuer shall deposit with each Paying Agent (or if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of
the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that a Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit
of holders or the Trustee all money held by a Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. If the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of
the Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the
Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 

SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list
available to it of the names and addresses of holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at
such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of holders. 
 SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange. The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with
Appendix A. When a Note is presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements therefor are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request
to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the
Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. The Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section.
The Issuer shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of Notes to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or of any Notes for
a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
 Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of
any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest, if any, on
such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

Any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial
interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (b) any holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a
beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. 
 All Notes issued upon any transfer
or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 

  
 -34-

 SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar
or if the holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are
met, such that the holder (a) satisfies the Issuer or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such
notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer or the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and
(c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, such holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, a
Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss or liability that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced and subsequently presented or claimed for payment. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the holder for their expenses in replacing a Note
(including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Note). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion
may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. 
 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of
the Issuer. 
 The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights
and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes. 
 SECTION
2.09. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Subject to
Section 13.06, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note. 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be
outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to
Section 2.08. 
 If a Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date
or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and no Paying Agent is prohibited from paying such money to the
holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 

SECTION 2.10. [Intentionally Omitted]. 
 SECTION 2.11. Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and each Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them
for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary
procedures. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Notes in place of canceled Notes other than pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest. If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuer
shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are holders on a subsequent special
record date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each affected holder a notice that states the special
record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. 
 SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs,
Etc. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers, 

  
 -35-

 
ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as
to the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes and that any such redemption shall not be
affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers; provided further, that if any Additional Notes or Exchange Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Notes or Exchange Notes will
have a separate CUSIP number. The Issuer shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers. 
 SECTION 2.14. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes. The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding at
such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date
of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the holders of which have so consented, by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then
outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.09 and Section 13.06 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to
the Trustee pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate. 
 ARTICLE III 

REDEMPTION 
 SECTION 3.01. Redemption. The Notes may be redeemed, in whole, or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices set forth in Paragraph 5 or 6 of the forms of
Note set forth in Exhibits A and B hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. 

SECTION 3.02. Applicability of Article. Redemption of Notes at the election of the Issuer or otherwise, as permitted or required
by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article. 
 SECTION 3.03.
Notices to Trustee. If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Paragraph 5 or the optional tax redemption provisions of Paragraph 6 of the Note, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of
(i) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price. The Issuer shall give notice to the
Trustee provided for in this paragraph at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date if the redemption is pursuant to Paragraph 5 or 6 of the Note, unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee. If the redemption is
pursuant to Paragraph 6 of the Note, the Issuer will not give any such notice of redemption earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of the
Notes were then due, and, at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay Additional Amounts must remain in effect. Any notice of redemption pursuant to Paragraph 5 or 6 of the Note shall be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and
Opinion of Counsel from the Issuer to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein, as well as such notice required to be delivered under Section 3.05 below. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to notice
of such redemption being mailed to any holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 
 SECTION 3.04. Selection of Notes
to Be Redeemed. In the case of any partial redemption, selection of Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, or if
such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirements); provided that no
Notes of $2,000 (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) or less shall be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount
thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon 

  
 -36-

 
cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the
Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, premium, if any, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest (if any) on, the Notes to be redeemed. 
 SECTION 3.05. Notice of Optional Redemption. 
 (a) At least 30 days but not
more than 60 days before a redemption date pursuant to Paragraph 5 or 6 of the Note, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail a notice of redemption to each holder whose Notes are to be redeemed. 

Any such notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 

(i) the redemption date; 
 (ii) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date; 
 (iii) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
 (iv) that Notes
called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued interest; 
 (v) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed
and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption; 
 (vi) that, unless
the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the
redemption date; 
 (vii) the CUSIP number, ISIN and/or “Common Code” number, if any, printed on the
Notes being redeemed; and 
 (viii) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP
number or ISIN and/or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 In addition, if
such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed
until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the stated redemption date, or by the
redemption date as so delayed. 
 (b) At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the
Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense. In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date such notice is to be provided to holders
in the final form such notice is to be delivered to holders and such notice may not be canceled. 
 SECTION 3.06. Effect of
Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.05, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice (except to the extent such
redemption is conditional as set forth in Section 3.05), except as provided in the final sentence of Paragraph 5 of the Notes. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus
accrued interest, to, but not including, the redemption date; provided, however, that if the redemption date is after a regular Record Date and on or prior to the Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the
holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant 

  
 -37-

 
Record Date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other holder. 

SECTION 3.07. Deposit of Redemption Price. With respect to any Notes, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption
date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes or
portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on
Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes to be redeemed, unless the Paying Agent is
prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 3.08. Notes Redeemed in Part.
Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the holder (at the Issuer’s expense) a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

 ARTICLE IV 
 COVENANTS 
 SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. The Issuer shall
promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or
the Paying Agent holds as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern time money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the holders on that date pursuant
to the terms of this Indenture. 
 The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the
Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. 

SECTION 4.02. Reports and Other Information. 
 (a) Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided
for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Issuer shall file with the SEC (and provide the Trustee and holders with copies thereof, without cost to each holder, within 15 days after it files
them with the SEC), 
 (i) within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for
non-accelerated filers, annual reports on Form 10-K (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form), except that such report on Form 10-K (or any
successor or comparable form) will not be required until the earlier of (x) the 105th day following the end of such fiscal year or (y) the 90th day following the end of such fiscal year if the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf
Registration Statement has been declared effective prior to such date, 
 (ii) within the time period specified
in the SEC’s rules and regulations for non-accelerated filers, reports on Form 10-Q (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form), except
that in the case of the quarters ending in fiscal year 2010 or 2011, such report on Form 10-Q (or any successor or comparable form) will not be required until the earlier of (x) the 60th day following the end of such fiscal quarter or
(y) the 45th day following the end of such fiscal quarter if the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective prior to such date, 

  
 -38-

 (iii) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required
to be therein reported (and in any event within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations), such other reports on Form 8-K (or any successor or comparable form), and 

(iv) any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuer would be required to file with the SEC if it were
subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; 
 provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be so obligated to file
such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Issuer will make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the holders, in each
case within 15 days after the time the Issuer would be required to file such information with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, subject, in the case of any such information, certificates or reports provided
prior to the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Memorandum. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be required to furnish any information, certificates or reports required by Items 307
or 308 of Regulation S-K prior to the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement. 
 (b) In the event that: 
 (i) the rules and regulations of the SEC
permit the Issuer and any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to report at such parent entity’s level on a consolidated basis and such parent entity is not engaged in any business in any material respect other than incidental to its
ownership, directly or indirectly, of the capital stock of the Issuer, or 
 (ii) any direct or indirect parent
of the Issuer is or becomes a Note Guarantor of the Notes, 
 consolidating reporting at the parent entity’s level in a manner consistent
with that described in this Section 4.02 for the Issuer will satisfy this Section 4.02, and the Issuer may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.02 with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing
financial information relating to such direct or indirect parent; provided that such financial information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such
direct or indirect parent and any of its Subsidiaries other than the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer, the Note Guarantors and the other Subsidiaries of the Issuer on a stand-alone basis, on
the other hand. 
 (c) In addition, the Issuer will make such information available to prospective investors upon request. In
addition, the Issuer has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding during any period when it is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or otherwise permitted to furnish the SEC with certain information pursuant
to Rule 12g3-2(b) of the Exchange Act, it will furnish to the holders of the Notes and to prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to above to the Trustee and the holders
if the Issuer has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available. In addition, the requirements of this Section 4.02 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer
contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement relating to the Notes or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by (1) the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and/or Shelf Registration Statement in
accordance with the provisions of such Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, and such registration statement and/or amendments thereto are filed at times that otherwise satisfy the time requirements set forth in
Section 4.02(a) and/or (2) the posting of reports that would be required to be provided to the Trustee and the holders on the Issuer’s website. 

  
 -39-

 SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock
and Preferred Stock. 
 (a) (i) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly
or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and (ii) the Issuer shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor to issue any shares of Preferred
Stock; provided, however, that the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor may
issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such
additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if
the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided,
however, that Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Note Guarantors that is outstanding pursuant to this clause shall not at any time exceed $75.0 million in the aggregate. 

(b) The limitations set forth in Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to: 

(i) the Incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness (which in the case of clause (2) below
shall be Secured Indebtedness) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time that does not exceed the greater of (1) $520.0 million, less the amount of all permanent reductions of Indebtedness thereunder as a result of principal
payments actually made with Net Proceeds from Asset Sales, and (2) an amount of Secured Indebtedness that would not cause the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial
statements are available, determined on a pro forma basis, to exceed 4.00 to 1.00; 
 (ii) the Incurrence
by the Issuer and the Note Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (not including any additional Notes) and the Note Guarantees (including exchange Notes and related guarantees thereof); 

(iii) Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this
Section 4.03(b)); 
 (iv) (x) Capitalized Lease Obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not
in excess of $35.0 million at any time outstanding; provided, however, that an additional amount of Capitalized Lease Obligations may be Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent (A) no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (B) after giving effect to the issuance, incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness, the Senior Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio for the most recently ended four full
fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, determined on a pro forma basis, would not exceed 3.50 to 1.00 and (y) mortgage financings and other purchase money Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary, Disqualified Stock issued by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiary, prior to or within 270 days after the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or
improvement of the respective property (real or personal, and whether through the direct purchase of property or the Equity Interests of any person owning such property) permitted hereunder in order to finance such acquisition, lease, construction,
repair, replacement or improvement, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom; 
 (v) Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued in the ordinary
course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to employees or former employees or their families or property, casualty or liability insurance
or self-insurance or similar requirements, and letters of credit in connection with the maintenance of, or pursuant to the requirements of, environmental or other permits or licenses 

  
 -40-

 
from governmental authorities, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; 

(vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification,
adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with the Transactions or any other acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, other
than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; 

(vii) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (except in respect of intercompany
current liabilities Incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management, tax and accounting operations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries) any such Indebtedness owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note
Guarantor is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted
Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in
each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (vii); 
 (viii) shares of
Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds
such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in
each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (viii); 
 (ix)
Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Note Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor (except in respect of intercompany
current liabilities Incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management, tax and accounting operations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries), such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Note Guarantee of
such Note Guarantor; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any
other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not
permitted by this clause (ix); 
 (x) (A) Hedging Obligations entered into in connection with the Transactions
and (B) Hedging Obligations that are not Incurred for speculative purposes but (1) for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding;
(2) for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (3) for the purpose of fixing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodity purchases or sales; 

(xi) Indebtedness in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and completion guarantees and
similar obligations, in each case outstanding on the Issue Date or otherwise provided in the ordinary course of business (whether or not consistent with past practices) of the Issuer (including, prior to the Issue Date, by Popular for the benefit of
the Issuer), including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate
principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xii), does
not exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of $85.0 million 

  
 -41-

 
and 7.75% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of Incurrence (it being understood that any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xii) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or
outstanding for purposes of this clause (xii) but shall be deemed Incurred for purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which the Issuer, or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have Incurred such
Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xii)); 
 (xiii) Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference not greater than 100.0% of the net cash
proceeds received by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer (which proceeds are contributed to
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to, or contributions received from, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries)
as determined in accordance with clauses (B) and (C) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit” to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make
other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 4.04(b) or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof); 

(xiv) any guarantee by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided that (i) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as
applicable, substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantee, as applicable, and (ii) if such guarantee is of Indebtedness of the Issuer, such guarantee is Incurred in accordance with
Section 4.11 solely to the extent such Section is applicable; 
 (xv) the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of
the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that serves to refund, refinance or defease any Indebtedness Incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under
Section 4.03(a) and clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (xii), (xiii), (xv), (xvi) and (xx) of this Section 4.03(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including any additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), expenses, issue discount, defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith
(subject to the following proviso, “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 

(1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than
the shorter of (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded, refinanced or defeased and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all
payments of principal on the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced that were due on or after the date that is 91 days following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such
date (provided that this subclause (1) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness); 
 (2) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or
if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced plus (y) the amount of premiums (including tender premiums), expenses, issue discount, defeasance costs, and fees
Incurred in connection with such refinancing; 
 (3) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances
(a) Indebtedness junior to the Notes or a Note Guarantee, as applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the 

  
 -42-

 
Notes or the Note Guarantee, as applicable, or (b) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; and 

(4) shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor that refinances
Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Note Guarantor, or (y) Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 

(xvi) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred to
finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
provided that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, consolidation or amalgamation, either: 

(1) the Issuer would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a); or 
 (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer would be
greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger, consolidation or amalgamation; 
 (xvii)
Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is not recourse to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Receivables Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings); 

(xviii) (w) Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries under local lines of credit in the ordinary course of business and
consistent with past practices, (x) Indebtedness Incurred in the ordinary course of business under overdraft facilities (including, but not limited to, intraday, ACH and purchasing card/T&E services) established for Carib Holdings,
Inc.’s, the Issuer’s and its Subsidiaries’ ordinary course of operations and (y) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient
funds in the ordinary course of business or other cash management services in the ordinary course of business; 

(xix) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (1) supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee
issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit or bank guarantee and (2) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, warehouse receipts or similar instruments
issued to support performance obligations and trade letters of credit (other than obligations in respect of other Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice; 

(xx) Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Note Guarantors; provided, however, that the
aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (xix), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xix), does not exceed at any one time outstanding
the greater of $25.0 million and 2.25% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of Incurrence (it being understood that any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xix) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of
this clause (xx) but shall be deemed Incurred for the purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which such Restricted Subsidiary could have Incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this
clause (xx)); 
 (xxi) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (1) the
financing of insurance premiums or (2) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xxii) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof,
their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity 

  
 -43-

 
Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies to the extent described in Section 4.04(b)(iv); 

(xxiii) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any joint venture (regardless of the form of legal
entity) that is not a Subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management operations (including with respect to intercompany self-insurance arrangements) of AP Carib, the Issuer and the Restricted
Subsidiaries; and 
 (xxiv) Indebtedness Incurred on behalf of, or representing guarantees of Indebtedness of,
joint ventures of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not in excess of, at any one time outstanding, of $85.0 million and 7.75% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of Incurrence; 

(xxv) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods and
services purchased in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xxvi) (1) unsecured Indebtedness constituting
obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress payments in connection with such goods and services; provided that such obligations are Incurred in connection with
open accounts extended by suppliers on customary trade terms (which require that all such payments be made within 90 days after the Incurrence of the related obligations) in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of
money or Hedging Obligations; (2) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of AP Carib, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer Incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (3) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements Incurred by such person in connection with the Transactions and any acquisitions or other Investments permitted hereunder; and 

(xxvii) Settlement Indebtedness. 
 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03: 
 (i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness described in
clauses (i) through (xxvii) of Section 4.03(b) or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such item of
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.03; and 
 (ii) at the time of Incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.03(a) and
(b) without giving pro forma effect to the Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b) when calculating the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a). 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness incurred under the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date shall be deemed to have been incurred
under clause (a) of the second paragraph above and may not be reclassified. 
 Accrual of interest, the accretion of
accreted value, the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, amortization of original issue discount, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the
amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.03. Guarantees
of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness;
provided that the Incurrence of the 

  
 -44-

 
Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 4.03. 

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S.
dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed
or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. dollar equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such
refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to
have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. 
 (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.03, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall not
be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a
different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of any of the Issuer’s or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Issuer (other than (A) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities
issued by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or
series of securities); 
 (ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the
Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; 
 (iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem,
repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Note Guarantor (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase,
defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption,
repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (vii) and (ix) of Section 4.03(b)); or 
 (iv) make any Restricted Investment 
 (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses
(i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 
 (1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 

  
 -45-

 (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma
basis, the Issuer could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); and 
 (3) such
Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i), (ii) (with respect to the
payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (C) thereof), (vi)(C), (viii), (xii)(B) and (xvii) of Section 4.04(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by
Section 4.04(b)), is less than the amount equal to the Cumulative Credit (with the amount of any Restricted Payment made under this covenant in any property other than cash being equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by
the Issuer) of such property at the time made). 
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit: 

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of
declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (ii) (A) the redemption,
repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) of the Issuer, or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Note Guarantor in exchange
for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or contributions to the equity capital of the Issuer (other than any Disqualified Stock or any Equity
Interests sold to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) (collectively, including any such contributions, “Refunding Capital Stock”); 
 (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of Refunding Capital Stock;
and 
 (C) if immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of
dividends thereon was permitted under clause (vi) of this Section 4.04(b) and not made pursuant to clause (ii)(B), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of
which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable
and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement; 
 (iii) the redemption,
repurchase, defeasance, or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Note Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a
Note Guarantor which is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 so long as: 
 (A) the principal amount (or
accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest, of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased,
acquired or retired for value (plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, any tender premiums, plus
any defeasance costs, fees and expenses Incurred in connection therewith), 
 (B) such Indebtedness is
subordinated to the Notes or the related Note Guarantee, as the case may be, at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value, 

  
 -46-

 (C) such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later
than the earlier of (x) the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (y) 91 days following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding, and 

(D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time Incurred which is not less than the shorter of
(x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal
on the Subordinated Indebtedness being redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired that were due on or after the date that is 91 days following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date; 

(iv) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the
Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (including related stock appreciation rights or similar securities) held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the
Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted
Payments made under this clause (iv) do not exceed (i) prior to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering of common stock, $7.5 million in any fiscal year, with unused amounts in any fiscal year being permitted to be
carried over to succeeding fiscal years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $12.5 million in any fiscal year or (ii) subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering of common stock,
$7.5 million in any fiscal year, with unused amounts in any fiscal year being permitted to be carried over to succeeding fiscal years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $25.0 million in any fiscal year;
provided, further, however, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 
 (A) the cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the
Issuer (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer that occurs after the Issue Date (provided that
the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(iii)), plus 

(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the
Issuer (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) or the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, plus 
 (C) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in
connection with transactions that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests; 
 provided that the Issuer
may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year; and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary from any present or former employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or the direct or indirect parents of the Issuer in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer
or any of its direct or indirect parents will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.04 or any other provision of this Indenture; 

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; 

  
 -47-

 (vi) (A) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to
holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date; 
 (B) a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer issued after the Issue Date; provided that the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (B) does not exceed the net cash
proceeds actually received by the Issuer from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date; and 
 (C) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(ii); 

provided, however, in the case of each of (A) and (C) above of this clause (vi), that (i) for the most
recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or
distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be at least 2.00 to 1.00 and (ii) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to such clauses does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually
received by the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or Preferred Stock issued after the Issue Date; 
 (vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause
(vii) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $30.0 million and 2.75% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without
giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (viii) the payment of dividends on the Issuer’s Capital
Stock (or a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to fund the payment by such direct or indirect parent of the Issuer of dividends on such entity’s common stock) of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds
received by the Issuer from any public offering of such Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, other than public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s (or such direct or indirect parent’s) Capital
Stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution; 

(ix) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions; 

(x) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $30.0 million and 2.75% of Consolidated
Total Assets at the time of such Restricted Payment; 
 (xi) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of
shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (xii) the payment of Restricted Payments, if applicable: 
 (A) in
amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to pay fees and expenses (including franchise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities
provided on behalf of, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer and general corporate operating and overhead, legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the
Issuer in each case to the extent such fees and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; 
 (B) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been contributed to the Issuer or any

  
 -48-

 
Restricted Subsidiary and that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, the Issuer Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; and 

(C) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to pay fees and expenses related to any equity or
debt offering of such parent whether or not consummated; provided that the amount of such Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (C) shall not exceed the portion of any such amounts that are allocable to the Issuer and its
Subsidiaries; 
 (xiii) any Restricted Payment used to fund the Transactions, including the Special Distribution,
and the payment of fees and expenses Incurred in connection with the Transactions or owed by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer to Affiliates, and any other payments made, including any
such payments made to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to enable it to make payments, in connection with the consummation of the Transactions or as contemplated by the Acquisition Documents, whether payable on the Issue Date or
thereafter, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.07; 
 (xiv) repurchases of Equity Interests
deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; 
 (xv) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing and the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees; 

(xvi) Restricted Payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance
of fractional shares upon the exercise of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person; 
 (xvii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under Sections 4.06 and 4.08;
provided that all Notes tendered by holders of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value; and 

(xviii) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with
a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Section 5.01; provided that as a result of such
consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of assets, the Issuer shall have made a Change of Control Offer (if required by this Indenture) and that all Notes tendered by holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been
repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value; 
 provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted
Payment permitted under clauses (vi)(B), (vii), (x), (xi) and (xii)(B) of this Section 4.04(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 

As of the Issue Date, all of the Subsidiaries of the Issuer will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted
Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and
the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such
designation will only be permitted if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

For purposes of this Section 4.04, if any Investment or Restricted Payment would be permitted pursuant to one or more provisions
described above and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” the Issuer may divide and classify such Investment or Restricted Payment in any manner that complies with this Section 4.04
and may later divide and reclassify any such Investment or Restricted Payment so 

  
 -49-

 
long as the Investment or Restricted Payment (as so divided and/or reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception as of the date of such reclassification.

 SECTION 4.05. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. The Issuer shall not, and shall not
permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 (a) (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (1) on
its Capital Stock; or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(b) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or 

(c) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Credit Agreement and
the other Credit Agreement Documents; 
 (2) this Indenture, the Notes (and any Exchange Notes and guarantees
thereof); 
 (3) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; 

(4) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary which was in
existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any
Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired; 

(5) contracts or agreements for the sale of assets, including any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary
imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (6) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections 4.03 and 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 

(7) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (8) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered
into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) purchase money obligations for property acquired and Capitalized
Lease Obligations in the ordinary course of business; 
 (10) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses
and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (11) any encumbrance or
restriction of a Receivables Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to such Receivables Subsidiary; 

  
 -50-

 (12) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (a) of
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Note Guarantor or (b) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor so long as such encumbrances and restrictions contained in any agreement or instrument will not materially affect
the Issuer’s ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), provided that in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock is permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.03; 
 (13)
any Restricted Investment not prohibited by Section 4.04 and any Permitted Investment; or 
 (14) any
encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts,
instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (13) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith
judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase,
supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.05,
(i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on
Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make
loans or advances. 
 SECTION 4.06. Asset Sales. 

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless (x) the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of, and
(y) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of: 

(i) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the
Notes thereto) of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or that are otherwise cancelled or
terminated in connection with the transaction with such transferee, 
 (ii) any notes or other obligations or
other securities or assets received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash
received), and 
 (iii) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 4.06(a)(iii) that is at that time
outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 4.5% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being
measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), 
 shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the
purposes of this Section 4.06(a). 

  
 -51-

 (b) Within 12 months after the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of
the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option: 
 (i) to repay (a) Indebtedness constituting Bank Indebtedness and other Pari Passu Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien permitted under this Indenture (and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving
credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto), (b) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor, (c) Obligations under the Notes or (d) other Pari Passu Indebtedness
(provided that if the Issuer or any Note Guarantor shall so reduce Obligations under unsecured Pari Passu Indebtedness, the Issuer will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes in accordance with Article III of this Indenture
through open-market purchases (provided that such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all holders to purchase at
a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, the pro rata principal amount of Notes), in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the
Issuer; or 
 (ii) to make an Investment in any one or more businesses (provided that if such Investment
is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer), assets, or property or capital expenditures, in each case (a) used or useful in a Similar
Business or (b) that replace the properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale. 
 In the case of
Section 4.06(b)(ii), a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment; provided that in the event such binding commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason
before such Net Proceeds are so applied, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another binding commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within six months of such cancellation or termination of the prior binding commitment;
provided, further, that the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary may only enter into a Second Commitment under the foregoing provision one time with respect to each Asset Sale and to the extent such Second Commitment is later canceled
or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds. Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer may
temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. 
 Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied as provided and within the time period set forth in this Section 4.06(b) (it being understood that any portion of such Net Proceeds used to
make an offer to purchase Notes, as described in clause (i) in this Section 4.06(b), shall be deemed to have been invested whether or not such offer is accepted) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the
aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $30.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all holders of Notes (and, at the option of the Issuer, to holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to purchase the
maximum principal amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness), that is at least $2,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100%
of the principal amount thereof (or, in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any (or, in respect
of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.06.
The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten (10) Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceeds $30.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this
Section 4.06(b), with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess
Proceeds for any purpose that is not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes
to be purchased in the manner described below. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 

  
 -52-

 The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations
conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 

If more Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Issuer is required to purchase,
selection of such Notes for purchase will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, or if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis to
the extent practicable or by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirements); provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be purchased in part.
Selection of such Pari Passu Indebtedness will be made pursuant to the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness. 
 Notices of an
Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each holder of Notes at such holder’s registered address. If any Note is to be purchased in part only, any
notice of purchase that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased. 
 SECTION 4.07. Transactions with Affiliates. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and
shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make
or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”)
involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless: 
 (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on
terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 (ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $25.0 million, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s
Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) above. 
 (b) The provisions of
Section 4.07(a) shall not apply to the following: 
 (i) transactions between or among the Issuer and/or any
of the Restricted Subsidiaries (or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) and any merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Issuer and any direct parent of the Issuer; provided that such parent
shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Issuer and such merger, consolidation or amalgamation is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and effected
for a bona fide business purpose; 
 (ii) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04 and Permitted
Investments; 
 (iii) (x) the entering into of any one or more agreements to pay and any amendment or
modification of any such agreement (so long as, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the holders when taken as a whole, as compared to such agreement as in effect on the
Issue Date) and the payment of, monitoring, consulting, management transaction, advisory or similar fees payable to the Sponsor and Popular (A) in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the sum of (1) the greater of $2.0
million and 2.0% of EBITDA of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the immediately preceding fiscal year, plus reasonable out of pocket costs 

  
 -53-

 
and expenses in connection therewith and unpaid amounts accrued for prior periods; plus (2) any deferred fees (to the extent such fees were within such amount in clause
(A) (1) above originally), plus (B) without duplication of any amounts paid pursuant to clause (v) below, 2.0% of the value of transactions with respect to which the Sponsor or Popular provides any transaction, advisory or
other services, plus (C) a transaction fee of not more than 2.0% of total enterprise value to be paid to the Sponsor and Popular in connection with the Transactions on the Issue Date, plus (D) the present value of all future
amounts payable pursuant to any agreement referred to in clause (i) of Section 4.07(a) above in connection with the termination of any such agreement with Sponsor or Popular; 

(iv) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursement of expenses paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf
of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; 
 (v) payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsor or Popular made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking
activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are (x) made pursuant to the agreement with the Sponsor or Popular described in the Offering Memorandum or (y) approved by a
majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith; 
 (vi) transactions in which the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the
requirements of clause (i) of Section 4.07(a); 
 (vii) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to
officers, directors, employees or consultants which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith; 
 (viii) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the
holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date as determined in good faith by the Issuer or any transaction contemplated thereby); 

(ix) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of
each of the Acquisition Documents (including the Stockholder Agreement) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date, and any transaction, agreement or arrangement described in the Offering Memorandum and, in each case, any amendment thereto or
similar transactions, agreements or arrangements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under, any future amendment
to any such existing transaction, agreement or arrangement or under any similar transaction, agreement or arrangement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (ix) to the extent that the terms of any such
existing transaction, agreement or arrangement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new transaction, agreement or arrangement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the
original transaction, agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date as determined in good faith by the Issuer; 
 (x) the execution of the Transactions, and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including fees to the Sponsor or Popular, which are described in the Offering Memorandum or
contemplated by the Acquisition Documents; 
 (xi) (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or
purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, which are fair
to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Issuer, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an
unaffiliated party or (B) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or industry norm; 

  
 -54-

 (xii) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing;

 (xiii) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Person;

 (xiv) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise
pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or of a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer, as appropriate, in good faith; 
 (xv) any contribution to the capital of the Issuer;

 (xvi) transactions between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person, a director of which is also
a director of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Issuer or such direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter
involving such other Person; 
 (xvii) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 

(xviii) the formation and maintenance of any consolidated group or subgroup for tax, accounting or cash pooling or
management purposes in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xix) any employment, severance or consulting
agreements entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith; 

(xx) transactions undertaken in good faith (as certified by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer in
an Officer’s Certificate) for the purpose of improving the consolidated tax efficiency of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and not for the purpose of circumventing any covenant set forth in this Indenture; and 

(xxi) transactions with Popular and its Affiliates contemplated under any contract or agreement as in effect as of the
Issue Date, any service addendum, statement of work or any written instructions entered into from time to time to provide services pursuant to the Amended and Restated Master Service Agreement and any service riders entered into from time to time to
provide optional services pursuant to the Amended and Restated ATH Network Participation Agreement, and any amendment thereto or similar agreements which may be entered into from time to time thereafter; provided, however, that any future
amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (xxi) to the extent that (x) such amendment or similar agreements are entered into in the
ordinary course of business, (y) the terms of any such amendment or similar agreements are on terms that are no less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length
transaction with a person that is not an Affiliate or (z) the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreements are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material
respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date. 
 SECTION 4.08. Change of Control. 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of
such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant Record Date
to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), except to the extent the Issuer has previously or concurrently elected to redeem Notes in accordance with Article III of this Indenture. In the event that at the time of such Change of
Control the terms of the Bank Indebtedness restrict or prohibit the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08, then prior to the mailing of the notice to the holders provided 

  
 -55-

 
for in Section 4.08(b) but in any event within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall (i) repay in full all Bank Indebtedness or, if doing so will allow the purchase
of Notes, offer to repay in full all Bank Indebtedness and repay the Bank Indebtedness of each lender and/or noteholder who has accepted such offer, or (ii) obtain the requisite consent under the agreements governing the Bank Indebtedness to
permit the repurchase of the Notes as provided for in Section 4.08(b). 
 (b) Within 30 days following any Change of
Control, except to the extent that the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem the Notes in accordance with Article III of this Indenture, the Issuer shall mail a notice (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each holder with a copy to
the Trustee stating: 
 (i) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such holder has the right to require
the Issuer to repurchase such holder’s Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right
of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date); 

(ii) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change of Control; 

(iii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is
mailed); and 
 (iv) the instructions determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.08, that a
holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased. 
 (c) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of
Control, and conditioned upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. 
 (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer
in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 4.08 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of
Control Offer. 
 (e) Notes repurchased by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of Notes issued
but not outstanding or will be retired and canceled at the option of the Issuer. Notes purchased by a third party pursuant to the preceding clause (d) will have the status of Notes issued and outstanding. 

(f) The Issuer shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuer shall comply
with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section by virtue thereof. 
 SECTION 4.09. Compliance Certificate. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer, beginning with the fiscal year end on
December 31, 2010, an Officer’s Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as an Officer of the Issuer he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signer
knows of any Default that occurred during such period. If he or she does, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Issuer also shall comply with
Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA. Except with respect to receipt of payments of principal and interest on the Notes and any Default or Event of Default information contained in the Officer’s Certificate delivered to it pursuant to this
Section 4.09, the Trustee shall have no duty to review, ascertain or confirm the Issuer’s compliance with or the breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made in this Indenture. 

  
 -56-

 SECTION 4.10. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Issuer
shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 

SECTION 4.11. Future Note Guarantors. The Issuer shall cause each Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (unless such Subsidiary is a
Receivables Subsidiary) that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of the Note Guarantors to execute and deliver to the Trustee, concurrently with the date that such Indebtedness has been guaranteed, a supplemental indenture pursuant to
which such Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the Notes. Each Note Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Note Guarantee, as it relates to
such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. Each Note Guarantee shall be released in accordance with
Section 12.02. 
 SECTION 4.12. Liens. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries
to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary unless the Notes are
equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of obligations subordinated in right of payment to the Notes) the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien. Any Lien which is
granted to secure the Notes or such Note Guarantee pursuant to this covenant shall be automatically released and discharged at the same time as the release of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes or such Note Guarantee.

 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.12: 

(1) in the event that a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one
of the categories of Liens described in the foregoing paragraph or in clauses (1) through (32) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”, then the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide,
classify or reclassify, such Lien securing an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant; and 
 (2) at the time of incurrence, the Issuer shall be entitled to divide and classify a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Liens described in the paragraph above or the
definition of “Permitted Liens” without giving pro forma effect to the Liens incurred pursuant to the paragraph above or any clause of the definition of “Permitted Liens” other than clause (6)(c) thereof when
calculating the amount of Indebtedness that may be secured by Liens pursuant to clause (6)(c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.” 
 With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased
Amount of such Indebtedness. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the payment of interest
or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, amortization of original issue discount and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies, in each case in respect of
such Indebtedness. 
 SECTION 4.13. [Intentionally Omitted]. 

SECTION 4.14. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 (a) The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for
exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or
agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the corporate
trust office of the Trustee as set forth in Section 13.02. 

  
 -57-

 (b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies
where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its
obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

(c) The Issuer hereby designates the corporate trust office of the Trustee or its agent as such office or agency of the Issuer in
accordance with Section 2.04. 
 SECTION 4.15. Withholding Taxes. (a) All payments made by the Issuer under or
with respect to the Notes or any of the Note Guarantors on its Note Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental
charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) (collectively, “Taxes”) unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law. If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of,
any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of: 
 (i) any jurisdiction in which the Issuer or any Note
Guarantor is then incorporated, or resident or doing business for tax purposes or any department or political subdivision thereof or therein; or 
 (ii) any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made or any department or political subdivision thereof or therein (each, a “Tax Jurisdiction”) 

will at any time be required to be made from any payments made by the Issuer under or with respect to the Notes or any of the Note Guarantors with
respect to any Note Guarantee, including payments of principal, redemption price, purchase price, interest or premium, the Issuer or the relevant Note Guarantor, as applicable, will pay such additional amounts (the “Additional
Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of such payments by each holder after such withholding or deduction (including any such deduction or withholding from such Additional Amounts) will equal the
respective amounts which would have been received in respect of such payments in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however, that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to: 

 

	 	(1)	any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the holder or the beneficial owner of
the Notes and the relevant Tax Jurisdiction (other than solely from the mere acquisition, ownership, holding or disposition of such Note, the enforcement of rights under such Note or under a Note Guarantee and/or the receipt of any payments in
respect of such Note or a Note Guarantee); 

  

	 	(2)	any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed but for the failure of the holder or the beneficial owner of the Notes, following the Issuer’s
written request to the holder, at least 30 days before any such withholding or deduction would be payable, to comply with any certification, identification, information or other reporting requirements, whether required by statute, treaty, regulation
or administrative practice of a Tax Jurisdiction, as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, Taxes imposed by the Tax Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a certification that the holder or
beneficial owner is not resident in the Tax Jurisdiction), but in each case, only to the extent the holder or the beneficial owner is legally entitled to provide such certification or documentation; 

 

	 	(3)	any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes were imposed as a result of the presentation of a Note for payment (where presentation is required) more than 30 days after the
relevant payment is first made available for payment to the holder (except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30 day period); 

 

	 	(4)	any estate, inheritance, gift, transfer, personal property or similar tax or assessment; 

 

	 	(5)	any Taxes payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payments made under or with respect to any Note or Note Guarantee; or 

  
 -58-

	 	(6)	any combination of the above items. 

 (b) The Issuer and the Note Guarantors will pay and indemnify the holder for any present or future stamp, issue, registration, transfer, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise or property taxes,
charges or similar levies (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) which are levied by any Tax Jurisdiction on the execution, delivery, issuance, or registration of any of the Notes, the Indenture, any Note Guarantee, or
any other document or instrument referred to therein, or the receipt of any payments with respect to, or enforcement of, the Notes or any Note Guarantee (such sum being recoverable from the Issuer as a liquidated sum payable as a debt). 

(c) If the Issuer or any Note Guarantor, as the case may be, becomes aware that it will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with
respect to any payment under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, the Issuer or the relevant Note Guarantor, as the case may be, will deliver to the Trustee on a date which is at least 30 days prior to the date of that payment (unless
the obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to that payment date, in which case the Issuer or the relevant Note Guarantor shall notify the Trustee promptly thereafter) notice stating the fact that Additional Amounts will
be payable and the amount estimated to be so payable. The notice must also set forth any other information reasonably necessary to enable the Paying Agents to pay Additional Amounts to holders on the relevant payment date. The Issuer or the relevant
Note Guarantor will provide the Trustee with documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing the payment of Additional Amounts. 
 (d) The Issuer or the relevant Note Guarantor will make all withholdings and deductions (within the time period and in the minimum amount) required by law and will remit the full amount deducted or
withheld to the relevant Tax authority in accordance with applicable law. The Issuer or the relevant Note Guarantor will use its reasonable efforts to obtain Tax receipts from each Tax authority evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or
withheld. The Issuer or the relevant Note Guarantor will furnish to the Trustee (or to a holder upon request), within a reasonable time after the date the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld is made, certified copies of Tax receipts
evidencing payment by the Issuer or a Note Guarantor, as the case may be, or if, notwithstanding such entity’s efforts to obtain receipts, receipts are not obtained, other evidence of payments (reasonably satisfactory to Trustee) by such
entity. 
 (e) Whenever in the Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of amounts based upon the principal
amount of the Notes or of principal, interest or of any other amount payable under, or with respect to, any of the Notes or any Note Guarantee, such mention shall be deemed to include the payment of Additional Amounts, if applicable. 

(f) The above obligations will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of the Indenture and will apply, mutatis mutandis,
to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer or any Note Guarantor is incorporated, or resident or doing business for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which such Person makes any payment on the Notes (or any Note
Guarantee) and any department or political subdivision thereof or therein. 
 SECTION 4.16. Covenant Suspension. If on
any date following the Issue Date, (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, then, beginning on that day and continuing at all times
thereafter regardless of any subsequent changes in the rating of the Notes (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), and
subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.11 and 5.01(a)(iv) (collectively the “Suspended Covenants”).

 If and while the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants, the Notes will be
entitled to substantially less covenant protection. In the event that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any
subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. 

  
 -59-

 On each Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during
the Suspension Period will be classified as having been Incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or 4.03(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock would be permitted to be Incurred or issued thereunder
as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred or issued prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock would not be so
permitted to be Incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or 4.03(b) such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under
Section 4.03(b)(ii). Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04 will be made as though Section 4.04 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout
the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a). In addition, for purposes of Section 4.07, all agreements
and arrangements entered into by the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate of the Issuer during the Suspension Period prior to such Reversion Date will be deemed to have been entered into on or prior to the Issue Date and for
purposes of Section 4.05, all contracts entered into during the Suspension Period prior to such Reversion Date that contain any of the restrictions contemplated by such Section will be deemed to have been existing on the Issue Date. As
described above, however, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred on the Reversion Date as a result of any actions taken by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period. 

For purposes of Section 4.06, on the Reversion Date, the unutilized Excess Proceeds amount will be reset to zero. 

The Issuer shall provide an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee indicating the occurrence of any Covenant Suspension Event or
Reversion Date. The Trustee will have no obligation to (i) independently determine or verify if such events have occurred, (ii) make any determination regarding the impact of actions taken during the Suspension Period on the Issuer’s
future compliance with its covenants or (iii) notify the holders of any Covenant Suspension Event or Reversion Date. 

SECTION 4.17. [Intentionally Omitted]. 
 ARTICLE V 
 SUCCESSOR COMPANY 

SECTION 5.01. Merger, Amalgamation, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets. 

(a) The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up or convert into (whether or
not the Issuer is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions (other than the Merger), to any Person unless:

 (i) the Issuer is the surviving person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation,
amalgamation, merger, winding up or conversion (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or
existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico or any other territory of the United States (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the
“Successor Company”); 
 (ii) the Successor Company (if other than the Issuer) expressly assumes
all the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of
the Successor Company, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of 

  
 -60-

 
such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 (iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred
at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the
Successor Company, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), either 
 (A) the
Successor Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a); or 

(B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than such ratio immediately prior to such transaction; 

(v) if the Issuer is not the Successor Company, each Note Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions
described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Note Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and 

(vi) the Successor Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel,
each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such supplemental indentures (if any) comply with this Indenture. 
 The Successor Company (if other than the Issuer) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes, and in such event the Issuer will automatically be released and
discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (iii) and (iv) of this Section 5.01, (a) the Issuer may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or transfer all or part of
its properties and assets to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, and (b) the Issuer may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in another state of the United
States, the District of Columbia or any territory of the United States or may convert into a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased
thereby. 
 (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 12.02 (which govern the release of a Note Guarantee upon the sale or
disposition of such Note Guarantor, no Restricted Subsidiary that is a Note Guarantor shall, and the Issuer shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Note Guarantor to, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into
(whether or not such Restricted Subsidiary is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person (other than
any such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition in connection with the Transactions described in the Offering Memorandum) unless: 
 (i) either (A) such Note Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than such Note Guarantor) or to which such
sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of
Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, any other territory of the United States, the jurisdiction of organization of such Note Guarantor or any other jurisdiction of organization of any other Restricted Subsidiary (such Note Guarantor or such
Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor”) and the Successor (if other than such Note Guarantor) expressly assumes all the obligations of such Note Guarantor under this Indenture and the Note Guarantee,
pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, or (B) such sale or disposition or consolidation, amalgamation or merger is not in violation of Section 4.06; and

 (ii) the Successor (if other than such Note Guarantor) shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the
Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, 

  
 -61-

 
amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture. 
 Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the Successor (if other than such Note Guarantor) will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Note Guarantor under this Indenture and the Note Guarantee,
and such Note Guarantor will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor may merge,
amalgamate or consolidate with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating such Note Guarantor in another state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory of the United States, or in Canada or any
territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is not increased thereby, (2) a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Note Guarantor may convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership,
limited liability company or other business entity organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Note Guarantor and (3) a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Note Guarantor may consolidate, amalgamate or merge
with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets (collectively, a “Transfer”) to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a
Note Guarantor. 
 In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, any Note Guarantor may consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or
into or wind up into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any Note Guarantor. 
 ARTICLE VI 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. An “Event of Default” occurs with respect to Notes if: 

(a) a default in any payment of interest (including any additional interest) on any Note when due, continued for 30 days,

 (b) a default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note when due at its Stated Maturity,
upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise, 
 (c) the failure by the
Issuer to comply with its obligations under Article V, 
 (d) the failure by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the Notes or this Indenture, 
 (e) the failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or
accelerated exceeds $40.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent (the “cross-acceleration provision”) 
 (f) either the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (i) commences a voluntary case; 
 (ii) consents to the entry of an
order for relief against it in an involuntary case; 
 (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or
for any substantial part of its property; or 

  
 -62-

 (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or takes
any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency, 
 (g) a court of competent jurisdiction
enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (i) is for relief against either the Issuer or any
Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer in an involuntary case; 
 (ii) appoints a Custodian of either the Issuer or
any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer or for any substantial part of its property; or 
 (iii) orders the
winding up or liquidation of either the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer; 
 or any similar relief is granted
under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days, 
 (h) failure by the
Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $40.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which
are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days (the “judgment default provision”), or 

(i) any Note Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary) with respect to the Notes ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or the Issuer or any Note Guarantor that qualifies as a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that
together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or any Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes and such Default continues for 10 days. 

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or
involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of
debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 However, a default under clause (d) above shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default
and the Issuer does not cure such default within the time specified in clause (d) hereof after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of
Default.” The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which is, or with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default,
its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 SECTION 6.02. Acceleration.
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) hereof with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes by
notice to the Issuer may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable; provided, however, that so long as any Bank Indebtedness remains outstanding, no such
acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of (1) five Business Days after the giving of written notice to the Issuer and the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement and (2) the day on which any Bank Indebtedness is
accelerated. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) with respect to the

  
 -63-

 
Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
holders. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. 

In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof
(excluding, however, any resulting payment default) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the holders of the Notes, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuer delivers an
Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action
(as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the Notes as
described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events. 
 SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies.
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this
Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them
in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy
is exclusive of any other remedy. To the extent required by law, all available remedies are cumulative. 
 SECTION 6.04.
Waiver of Past Defaults. Provided the Notes are not then due and payable by reason of a declaration of acceleration, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes by written notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and
its consequences except (a) a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note, (b) a Default arising from the failure to redeem or purchase any Note when required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or (c) a
Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each holder affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured and the Issuer, the Trustee and the holders will be restored to their former
positions and rights under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right. 
 SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. The holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to
the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action or
proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or trustees, executive committee, or a trust committee of directors or trustees and/or Responsible Officers shall determine that the action or
proceeding so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense for which it is not adequately indemnified, or subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or
that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not
taking such action. 
 SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 

(a) Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy
with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (i) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice
that an Event of Default is continuing, 

  
 -64-

 (ii) holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes
have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy, 
 (iii) such holders have offered the Trustee security or
indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense, 
 (iv) the Trustee has
not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity, and 
 (v) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 

(b) A holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another
holder. 
 SECTION 6.07. Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture,
the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Notes held by such holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or
after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder. 
 SECTION 6.08.
Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other
obligor on the Notes for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Notes) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07.

 SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim, statements of interest and
other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation, expenses disbursements and advances of the Trustee (including counsel, accountants, experts or
such other professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate)) and the holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, any Note Guarantor, their creditors or their property, shall be entitled to participate
as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matters and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person
performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the
holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. 

SECTION 6.10. Priorities. Any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI and any other money or
property distributable in respect of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture after an Event of Default shall be applied in the following order: 

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07; 

SECOND: to the holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably,
without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and 
 THIRD: to the Issuer or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Guarantor, to the such Guarantor. 

  
 -65-

 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the holders pursuant
to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each holder and the Issuer a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess
reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a
suit by the Trustee, a suit by a holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes. 
 SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim
or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and the Guarantors (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though
no such law had been enacted. 
 ARTICLE VII 
 TRUSTEE 
 SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and after the curing or waiving of all Events
of Default which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers
vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and
no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee (it being agreed that the permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty); and 

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. The Trustee shall be under no duty to make any investigation as to any statement contained in
any such instance, but may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of such statement or the correctness of such opinions. However, in the case of certificates or opinions required by any provision hereof to be provided to
it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own
willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
Section; 

  
 -66-

 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good
faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance
with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and 
 (iv) no provision of this Indenture shall
require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise Incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers. 

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this
Section. 
 (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in
writing with the Issuer. 
 (f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent
required by law. 
 (g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording
protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA. 
 SECTION 7.02.
Rights of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been
signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b)
Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’
Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or
negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any action it takes
or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence. 

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating
to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 (f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do so by the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at
the time outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be
entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Issuer and shall Incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

(g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or
direction of any of the holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such holders shall have 

  
 -67-

 
offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be Incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 (h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified,
are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 
 (i) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith at the direction of the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes as to
the time, method and place of conducting any proceedings for any remedy available to the Trustee or the exercising of any power conferred by this Indenture. 
 (j) Any action taken, or omitted to be taken, by the Trustee in good faith pursuant to this Indenture upon the request or authority or consent of any person who, at the time of making such request or
giving such authority or consent, is the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon future holders of Notes and upon Notes executed and delivered in exchange therefor or in place thereof. 

(k) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has
actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 

(l) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of
officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in
any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 
 (m) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for special,
indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of actions.

 (n) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under
this Indenture. 
 (o) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its
obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances;
sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunction of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; and acts of civil or military authorities and governmental action. 

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of
Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

 SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to
the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer or any Guarantor in
this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default under
Section 6.01(c), (d), (e), (h), or (i) or of the identity of any Significant Subsidiary unless either (a) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or (b) the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof in
accordance with Section 13.02 hereof from the Issuer, any Note Guarantor or any holder. In accepting the trust hereby created, the Trustee acts solely as Trustee for the holders of the Notes and not in its individual

  
 -68-

 
capacity and all persons, including without limitation the holders of Notes and the Issuer having any claim against the Trustee arising from this Indenture shall look only to the funds and
accounts held by the Trustee hereunder for payment except as otherwise provided herein. 
 SECTION 7.05. Notice of
Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each holder notice of the Default within the earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is actually known to a
Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its
Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the holders. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee, annually (within thirty (30) days after the last date the annual report on Form 10-K would
be required to be delivered to the Trustee under Section 4.02), a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year. The Issuer also is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30
days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof. 

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to the Holders. As promptly as practicable after each August 31 beginning with the
August 31 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to August 31 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to each holder a brief report dated as of such August 31 that complies with Section 313(a) of the TIA if and
to the extent required thereby. The Trustee shall also comply with Section 313(b) of the TIA. 
 A copy of each report at
the time of its mailing to the holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any
delisting thereof. 
 SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time
such compensation, as the Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing, for the Trustee’s acceptance of this Indenture and its services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on
compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services.
Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally shall indemnify the Trustee against
any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) Incurred by or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including
the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or Note Guarantee against the Issuer or any Guarantor (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, any Guarantor, any
holder or any other Person). The obligation to pay such amounts shall survive the payment in full or defeasance of the Notes or the removal or resignation of the Trustee. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer of any claim for which it may seek
indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided, however, that any failure so to notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the
claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuer’s expense in the defense. Such indemnified parties may have separate counsel and the Issuer and such Guarantor, as applicable shall pay the fees and expenses of
such counsel; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no conflict
of interest between the Issuer and the Guarantor, as applicable, and such parties in connection with such defense. The Issuer needs not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense Incurred by an indemnified party
through such party’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. 
 To secure the Issuer’s and the
Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on
particular Notes. 
 The Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive the
satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable

  
 -69-

 
law, when the Trustee Incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses
of administration under the Bankruptcy Law. 
 No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its
own funds or otherwise Incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not assured
to its satisfaction. 
 SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove
the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer shall remove the Trustee if: 
 (i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 
 (ii) the
Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 
 (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the
Trustee or its property; or 
 (iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

(b) If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Issuer or by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such holders do
not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 (c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer.
Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to the holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07. 

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or
the holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuer any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in Section 310(b) of the TIA, any holder who has been a bona fide holder of a
Note for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or
substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts
created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in
case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such
certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have. 

  
 -70-

 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy
the requirements of Section 310(a) of the TIA. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with
Section 310(b) of the TIA, subject to its right to apply for a stay of its duty to resign under the penultimate paragraph of Section 310(b) of the TIA; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of
Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA any series of securities issued under this Indenture and any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the
requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met. 
 SECTION 7.11. Preferential
Collection of Claims Against the Issuer. The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to
Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent indicated. 
 ARTICLE VIII 

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 
 SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance. 
 (a) This
Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes when: 

(i) either (a) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which
have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee
for cancellation or (b) all of the Notes (1) have become due and payable, (2) will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year or (3) if redeemable at the option of the Issuer, are to be called for redemption
within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee
funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with
irrevocable instructions from the Issuer directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
 (ii) the Issuer and/or the Note Guarantors have paid all other sums payable under this Indenture; and 
 (iii) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge
of this Indenture have been complied with. 
 (b) Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, the Issuer at any time may terminate
(i) all of its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (with respect to the holders of the Notes) (“legal defeasance option”) or (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09,
4.11 and 4.12 and the operation of Section 5.01 for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, and Sections 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e), 6.01(f) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Issuer only), 6.01(g) (with respect to Significant
Subsidiaries of the Issuer only) and 6.01(h) (“covenant defeasance option”). The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. In the event that the Issuer
terminates all of its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) by exercising its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, the obligations of each Note Guarantor with respect to the Notes shall be
terminated simultaneously with the termination of such obligations. 

  
 -71-

 If the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may
not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. If the Issuer exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(c),
6.01(d), 6.01(e), 6.01(f) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Issuer only), 6.01(g) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Issuer only) and 6.01(h). 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Issuer terminates. 

(c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09,
7.07, 7.08 and in this Article VIII shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. 

SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance. 
 (a) The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if: 
 (i) the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof in an amount sufficient or U.S. Government Obligations, the
principal of and the interest on which will be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, to pay the principal of and premium (if any) and interest on the Notes when due at maturity or redemption, as the case may be, including interest thereon
to maturity or such redemption date; 
 (ii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally
recognized firm of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will
provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 

(iii) 123 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 123-day period no Default specified in Section 6.01(e)
or (f) with respect to the Issuer occurs which is continuing at the end of the period; 
 (iv) the deposit
does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the Issuer; 
 (v) in the case of the legal
defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (1) the Issuer have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (2) since the date of this
Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal or
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal or Commonwealth of Puerto Rico income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the
case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by the immediately preceding sentence with respect to a legal defeasance need not be delivered if all of the Notes not theretofore
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable or (y) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by
the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer; 
 (vi) in the case of the covenant defeasance
option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal or Commonwealth of Puerto Rico income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and
defeasance and will be subject to Federal or Commonwealth of Puerto Rico income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and 

  
 -72-

 (vii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and
an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes to be so defeased and discharged as contemplated by this Article VIII have been complied with. 

(b) Before or after a deposit, the Issuer may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of such Notes at a future
date in accordance with Article III. 
 SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money
or U.S. Government Obligations (including proceeds thereof) deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through each Paying Agent and in accordance with this
Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes so discharged or defeased. 
 SECTION 8.04. Repayment to
Issuer. Each of the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Issuer upon request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article which, in the written opinion of nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be required if U.S. Government Obligations have been so deposited), are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an
equivalent discharge or defeasance in accordance with this Article. 
 Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the
Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer
for payment as general creditors, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 
 SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations. The Issuer shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S.
Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations. 
 SECTION 8.06.
Reinstatement. If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or
governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes so discharged or defeased shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred
pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or any Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII; provided, however, that, if the Issuer has made
any payment of principal of, or interest on, any such Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government
Obligations held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE IX 

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS 
 SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders. 
 (a) The Issuer and the
Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any holder: 
 (i) to cure any
ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency; 
 (ii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor (with
respect to the Issuer) of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes; 

  
 -73-

 (iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company or Successor
(with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Note Guarantor), as the case may be, of the obligations of a Note Guarantor under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee; 

(iv) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided that the
uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code; 

(v) to add a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes; 

(vi) to secure the Notes; 
 (vii) to add to the covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer; 

(viii) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder; 

(ix) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of
Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes as certified by the Issuer
in an Officer’s Certificate; 
 (x) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying,
or maintaining the qualification of, this Indenture under the TIA to effect any provision of this Indenture; or 

(xi) to make certain changes to this Indenture to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes. 

(b) After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the holders a notice briefly describing
such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.01. 
 SECTION 9.02. With Consent of the Holders. The Issuer and the Trustee may amend this Indenture with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for the Notes). However, without the consent of each holder of an outstanding Note affected, an amendment may not: 

(1) reduce the amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment, 

(2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note, 

(3) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note, 

(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed in
accordance with Article III, 
 (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note,

 (6) expressly subordinate the Notes or any Note Guarantee to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Note
Guarantor, 
 (7) impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on such holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes, 

  
 -74-

 (8) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each
holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions, or 
 (9) except as expressly provided by this Indenture,
modify or release the Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the holders of the Notes. 
 It
shall not be necessary for the consent of the holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer authorizing the execution of any
supplemental indenture entered into to effect any such amendment, supplement or waiver, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.06, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of such supplemental
indenture. 
 After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the holders a notice
briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02. 

SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, every
amendment, waiver or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 
 SECTION 9.04.
Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. 
 (a) A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a holder of a Note shall
bind the holder and every subsequent holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such holder or
subsequent holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate from the Issuer
certifying that the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Issuer or the Trustee of
consents by the holders of the requisite principal amount of securities, (ii) satisfaction of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment or waiver and
(iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the Issuer and the Trustee. 
 (b) The Issuer
may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record
date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent
previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date. 

SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Issuer may
require the holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in
exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized
pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment, the Trustee shall be entitled to
receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that

  
 -75-

 
such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). 

SECTION 9.07. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount. Unless the Issuer elects to treat Additional Notes as a
separate class, all Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote) as one class and no Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.
Determinations as to whether holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this Article IX and Section 2.14. 

ARTICLE X 

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED] 
 ARTICLE XI 
 [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED] 

ARTICLE XII 
 GUARANTEE 
 SECTION 12.01. Guarantee. 

(a) To the extent applicable, each Guarantor hereby jointly and severably, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees on a senior basis,
and in the case of each of (x) and (y) as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by
acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on in respect of the Notes and
all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuer whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or
otherwise under this Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole
or in part, without notice or further assent from any Guarantor, and that each Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article XII notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. 

(b) To the extent applicable, each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the
Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the
failure of any holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of
this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any
holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or each Guarantor; (v) the failure of any holder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership
of each Guarantor, except as provided in Section 12.02(b) or Section 12.02(c). Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have its obligations hereunder divided among the Guarantors, such that such
Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed. 

  
 -76-

 (c) Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of
the Issuer first be used and depleted as payment of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by such Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may
be entitled to require that the Issuer be sued prior to an action being initiated against such Guarantor. 
 (d) Each Guarantor
further agrees that its Note Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any holder or the Trustee to any
security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. 
 (e) The Note Guarantee of each Guarantor is, to the extent and in
the manner set forth in Article XII, equal in right of payment to all existing and future Pari Passu Indebtedness, senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer and subordinated and subject in right of
payment to the prior payment in full of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all Secured Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor and is made subject to such provisions of this Indenture. 

(f) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01(b), 12.02 and 12.06, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject
to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination
whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or
otherwise affected by the failure of any holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or
delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise
operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 
 (g) Each Guarantor agrees that its Note Guarantee shall
remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that its Note Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any
part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise. 

(h) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity
against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to
perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum
of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by applicable law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of
the Issuer to the holders and the Trustee. 
 (i) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of
subrogation in relation to the holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the holders and the
Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI for the purposes of the Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition
preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article VI, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or
not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Note Guarantors for the purposes of this Section 12.01. 

(j) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) Incurred by
the Trustee or any holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 12.01. 

  
 -77-

 (k) Upon request of the Trustee, each Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further
instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 
 (l) Any Guarantee given by any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer may be released and discharged from all obligations under this Article 12 at any time upon written notice to the Trustee from such
direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; provided, however, that upon such release the provisions of Section 4.02(b) shall no longer apply from and after such release. 

SECTION 12.02. Limitation on Liability. 
 (a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by each Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum
amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors
generally. 
 (b) A Note Guarantee as to any Subsidiary that executes a supplemental indenture in accordance with
Section 4.11 hereof and provides a guarantee shall terminate and be of no further force or effect and such Guarantor shall be deemed to be released from all obligations under this Article XII upon: 

(i) the sale, disposition, exchange or other transfer (including through merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise)
of the Capital Stock (including any sale, disposition or other transfer following which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary), of the applicable Guarantor if such sale, disposition, exchange or other transfer is
made in a manner not in violation of this Indenture; 
 (ii) the Issuer designating such Guarantor to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.04 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”; 
 (iii) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Note Guarantor of the Credit Agreement or of any other Indebtedness which resulted in the obligation to guarantee the Notes; and 

(iv) the Issuer’s exercise of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option under Article VIII or if the
Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
 A Note
Guarantee as to any Subsidiary also will be automatically released upon the applicable Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest securing Indebtedness or other exercise of remedies in
respect thereof. 
 SECTION 12.03. Successors and Assigns. This Article XII shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its
successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that
party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 12.04. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article XII shall operate as a waiver
thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not
exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article XII at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. 

  
 -78-

 SECTION 12.05. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of
this Article XII, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific
instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle any Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. 

SECTION 12.06. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Note Guarantors. Each Subsidiary and other Person which is required
to become a Guarantor of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.11 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary or other Person shall
become a Guarantor under this Article XII and shall guarantee the Notes. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee the Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate
required under Section 9.06. 
 SECTION 12.07. Non-Impairment. The failure to endorse a Guarantee on any Note shall
not affect or impair the validity thereof. 
 ARTICLE XIII 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an
“incorporated provision”) included in this Indenture by operation of, Sections 310 to 318 of the TIA, inclusive, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control. 

SECTION 13.02. Notices. 
 (a) Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered in person, via facsimile or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows: 

if to the Issuer or a Guarantor: 
 EVERTEC, Inc. 
 Cupey Center Building 

Road 176, Km 1.3 

San Juan, Puerto Rico 00926 
 Facsimile: (787) 766-4585 
 Attention: General Counsel 

if to the Trustee: 
 Wilmington Trust FSB 
 246 Goose Lane, Suite 105 

Guilford, CT 06437 
 Telephone: (203) 453-4130 
 Facsimile: (203) 453-1183 

Attn: Joseph P. O’Donnell 

The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

(b) Any notice or communication mailed to a holder shall be mailed, first class mail, to the holder at the holder’s address as it
appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. 

  
 -79-

 (c) Failure to mail a notice or communication to a holder or any defect in it shall not
affect its sufficiency with respect to other holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee are effective only if received.

 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of
any event (including any notice of redemption) to a holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depository for such Note (or its designee), pursuant to the customary procedures of
such Depository. 
 SECTION 13.03. Communication by the Holders with Other Holders. The holders may communicate pursuant
to Section 312(b) of the TIA with other holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and other Persons shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA. 

SECTION 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to
take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee: 
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to
the proposed action have been complied with; and 
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 
 SECTION
13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.09) shall include: 

(a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual,
he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied
with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials. 

SECTION 13.06. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred
in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding,
except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Notes
outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination. 
 SECTION 13.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and
Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of the holders. The Registrar and a Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 

  
 -80-

 SECTION 13.08. Legal Holidays. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall
be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such payment date if it were a Business Day for the intervening period. If a regular Record Date is not a
Business Day, the Record Date shall not be affected. 
 SECTION 13.09. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE AND THE
SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. 
 SECTION 13.10. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, manager, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in the Issuer or of any Guarantor or any of their direct or
indirect parent companies, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or
their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

SECTION 13.11. Successors. All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements
of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 SECTION 13.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign
any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. 

SECTION 13.13. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections
of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

SECTION 13.14. Indenture Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of the Notes limits, qualifies or conflicts with a
provision of this Indenture, such provision of this Indenture shall control. 
 SECTION 13.15. Severability. In case any
provision in this Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the
extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability. 
 SECTION 13.16. [Intentionally Omitted] 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank] 

  
 -81-

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the
date first written above. 
  

					
	EVERTEC, INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Felix M. Villamil
		 	Name:	 	Felix M. Villamil
		 	Title:	 	Chief Executive Officer and President

[Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
					
	NOTE GUARANTORS:
	
	SENSE SOFTWARE INTERNATIONAL CORP.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Felix M. Villamil
		 	Name:	 	Felix M. Villamil
		 	Title:	 	President
	
	T.I.I. SMART SOLUTIONS INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Luis Gerardo Alvarado Gómez
		 	Name:	 	Luis Gerardo Alvarado Gómez
		 	Title:	 	Sole Director
	
	ATH COSTA RICA SOCIEDAD ANONIMA
		
	By:	 	/s/ Luis Gerardo Alvarado Gómez
		 	Name:	 	Luis Gerardo Alvarado Gómez
		 	Title:	 	President
	
	TARJETAS INTELIGENTES INTERNACIONALES SOCIEDAD ANONIMA
		
	By:	 	/s/ Luis Gerardo Alvarado Gómez
		 	Name:	 	Luis Gerardo Alvarado Gómez
		 	Title:	 	President
	
	EVERTEC DOMINICANA, S.A.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Felix M. Villamil
		 	Name:	 	Felix M. Villamil
		 	Title:	 	President
	
	TII SMART SOLUTIONS, SOCIEDAD ANONIMA
		
	By:	 	/s/ Luis Gerardo Alvarado Gómez
		 	Name:	 	Luis Gerardo Alvarado Gómez
		 	Title:	 	Sole Administrator
	
	EVERTEC MEXICO SERVICIOS DE PROCESAMIENTO, S.A. DE C.V.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Luis Gerardo Alvarado Gómez
		 	Name:	 	Luis Gerardo Alvarado Gómez
		 	Title:	 	Chairman of the Board of Directors

[Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
					
	ATH PANAMA, S.A.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Luis Gerardo Alvarado Gómez
		 	Name:	 	Luis Gerardo Alvarado Gómez
		 	Title:	 	President

 [Signature Page to
Indenture] 

 
					
	WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	/s/ Joseph P. O’Donnell
		 	Name:	 	Joseph P. O’Donnell
		 	Title:	 	Vice President

 [Signature Page to
Indenture] 

 APPENDIX A 
 PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL SECURITIES, ADDITIONAL SECURITIES 
 AND
EXCHANGE SECURITIES 
 1. Definitions. 
 1.1 Definitions. 
 For the purposes of this Appendix A the following terms
shall have the meanings indicated below: 
 “Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note or Exchange Note (bearing the
Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend. 
 “Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors. 
 “Global Notes Legend” means the legend set forth under that caption in the applicable Exhibit to this Indenture. 
 “IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 

“Initial Purchasers” means Banc of America Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated party to the
Purchase Agreement dated September 23, 2010 entered into among them and the Issuer entered into in connection with the sale and issuance of the Notes. 
 “Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depository) or any successor person thereto, who shall initially be the Trustee. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Registered Exchange Offer” means the offer by the Issuer, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, to certain
holders of Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such holders, in exchange for their Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act. 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Issuer,
the Note Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers relating to the Notes. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S
under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S Notes” means all Initial Notes offered and sold outside the United
States in reliance on Regulation S. 
 “Restricted Notes Legend” means the legend set forth in
Section 2.2(h)(i) herein. 
 “Restricted Period,” with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40
consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day
shall be promptly given by the Issuer to the Trustee, and (b) the Issue Date, and with respect to any Additional Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes, it means the comparable period of 40 consecutive days. 

  
 Appendix A-1

 “Rule 501” means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A Notes” means all Initial Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A. 

“Shelf Registration Statement” means a registration statement filed by the Issuer in connection with the offer and sale
of Initial Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes” means
Definitive Notes that bear or are required to bear or are subject to the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 “Transfer
Restricted Global Notes” means Global Notes that bear or are required to bear or are subject to the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive Notes” means Definitive Notes that are not required to bear, or are not subject to, the Restricted Notes Legend. 

“Unrestricted Global Notes” means Global Notes that are not required to bear, or are not subject to, the Restricted
Notes Legend. 
 1.2 Other Definitions. 
  

					
	 Term:
	  	Defined in Section:	 
	 Agent Members
	  	 	2.1	(b) 
	 Global Notes
	  	 	2.1	(b) 
	 Regulation S Global Notes
	  	 	2.1	(b) 
	 Rule 144A Global Notes
	  	 	2.1	(b) 

 2. The Notes.

 2.1 Form and Dating; Global Notes. 
 (a) The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be (i) privately placed by the Issuer pursuant to the Offering Memorandum and (ii) sold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule
144A and (2) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and, except as set forth
below, IAIs in accordance with Rule 501. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuer from time to time pursuant to one or more agreements in accordance with applicable law. 

(b) Global Notes. (i) Except as provided in clause (d) below, Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or
more Notes in definitive, fully registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). 
 Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in fully registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Notes”), which
shall be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of the Depository for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream. 
 The term “Global Notes” means the Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes. The Global Notes shall bear the Global Note Legend. The Global Notes initially shall
(i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear the
Restricted Notes Legend. 

  
 Appendix A-2

 Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depository (collectively, the
“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Notes. The Depository may be treated by the
Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or
the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository, or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the
rights of a holder of any Note. 
 (ii) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the
Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Definitive Notes only in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository and the
provisions of Section 2.2. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes if (x) the Depository (1) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such Global Note and the
Issuer thereupon fails to appoint a successor depository or (2) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act or (y) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Note
and the Depository shall have requested the issuance of Definitive Notes; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Global Note be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Notes prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period
and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act. In all cases, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be
registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depository in accordance with its customary procedures. 
 (iii) In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (i) of this Section 2.1(b), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered
to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in such
Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. 
 (iv) Any Transfer
Restricted Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.2 shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2, bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 

(v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, through the Restricted Period, a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may be held only
through Euroclear or Clearstream unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 2.2. 

(vi) The holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may
hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 

2.2 Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except as set forth in Section 2.1(b). Global Notes will not be exchanged by the Issuer for
Definitive Notes except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Section 2.08 of this Indenture. Beneficial interests in a Global Note may
be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.2(b). 
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in
Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository.
Beneficial interests in Transfer Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be transferred or
exchanged only for beneficial interests in Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of
the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 

  
 Appendix A-3

 (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note.
Beneficial interests in any Transfer Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Transfer Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set
forth in the Restricted Notes Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or
benefit of a U.S. Person. A beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be
required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.2(b)(i). 

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers
and exchanges of beneficial interests in any Global Note that is not subject to Section 2.2(b)(i), the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar (1) a written order from an Agent Member given to the Depository in
accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository directing the Depository to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or
exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository containing information regarding the Agent Member account to be credited with such increase. Upon satisfaction of all of the
requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note
pursuant to Section 2.2(i). 
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global
Note. A beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Transfer Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the
requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transferee
will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; and 

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note. 
 (iv) Transfer and
Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Transfer Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii)
above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Transfer
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or 

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial
interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, 

and, in each such case, if the Issuer or the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository so require,
an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted
Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this 

  
 Appendix A-4

 
subparagraph (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an
Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or
exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iv). 
 (v) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an
Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a Transfer Restricted Global Note. Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial
interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note. 
 (c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes for
Definitive Notes. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be transferred to a Person
who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). In any case, beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for Definitive Notes.

 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges of
Definitive Notes for beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii) below, as applicable: 

(i) Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Notes. If any holder
of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such
holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 (B) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note is being
transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 (C) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate from
such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 (D) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note is
being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 

(E) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, including the certifications, certificates and
Opinion of Counsel, if applicable; or 
 (F) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to
the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 the Trustee
shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Definitive Note, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Transfer Restricted Global Note. 

  
 Appendix A-5

 (ii) Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in
Unrestricted Global Notes. A holder of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from
such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or 
 (B) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted
Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to
the applicable Note, 
 and, in each such case, if the Issuer or the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and
procedures of the Depository so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this subparagraph (ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted
Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (ii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note
has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount
equal to the aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (ii). 
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Note for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an
exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. If any such transfer or exchange is effected
pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall
authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iii). 

(iv) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Notes. An Unrestricted
Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note. 
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a holder of Definitive Notes and such holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.2(e),
the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a
written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and
information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.2(e). 
 (i)
Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes to Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes. A Transfer Restricted Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Transfer Restricted Definitive
Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

  
 Appendix A-6

 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities
Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 (B) if the
transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; 

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in
accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; 

(D) if the transfer will be made to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (D) above, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; and 
 (E) if such transfer will be made to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note. 

(ii) Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Transfer Restricted Definitive Note
may be exchanged by the holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive
Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or 
 (B) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from
such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, 
 and, in each such case, if the Issuer so requests, an Opinion of
Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to
Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note at any time. Upon receipt of a
request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the holder thereof. 
 (iv) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes. An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the
form of, a Transfer Restricted Definitive Note. 
 At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have
been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with
Section 2.11. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for
Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such
reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly

  
 Appendix A-7

 
and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 

(f) Legend. 
 (i) Except as permitted by the following paragraph (iii), (iv) or (v), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and any Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in
substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only): 
 “THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
“SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY
NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH
SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (i) (a) TO A PERSON WHO IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN
A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH
ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), (ii) TO THE COMPANY, OR (iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE
IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED
HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.” 

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend: 

“IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION
AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 

  
 Appendix A-8

 (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Note, the
Registrar shall permit the holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note if the
holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Initial Note). 

(iii) After a transfer of any Initial Notes during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with
respect to such Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes Legend on such Initial Notes shall cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply. 

(iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes pursuant to which holders of
such Initial Notes are offered Exchange Notes in exchange for their Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to Initial Notes that Initial Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply, and Exchange Notes in global form without the
Restricted Notes Legend shall be available to holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Registered Exchange Offer. 
 (v) Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period of any Initial Note acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements that such Initial Note bear the Restricted Notes Legend
shall cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such Initial Note be issued in global form shall continue to apply. 
 (vi) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (g) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been
redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any
beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be
reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person
who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the
direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (h) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes.

 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate,
Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration
of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar
governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.06, 4.08 and 9.05 of this Indenture). 
 (iii) Prior to
the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving
payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

  
 Appendix A-9

 (iv) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture
shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (i) No Obligation of the Trustee. 
 (i) The Trustee shall have no
responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member
thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or
the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the holders and all payments to be made to the holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered holders (which shall
be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely
and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to
any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as
are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 

  
 Appendix A-10

 EXHIBIT A 
 [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE] 
 [Global Notes Legend] 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL
BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 [Restricted Notes Legend] 

“THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5
OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.
EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY
AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (i) (a) TO A PERSON WHO IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A
TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), (ii) TO THE COMPANY, OR (iii) PURSUANT
TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED
TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY
EVIDENCED HEREBY.” 
 Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legends 

“IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER
INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 

  
 Exhibit A-1

 [FORM OF INITIAL NOTE] 

 

					
	 No.
	  	 [144A] CUSIP No.
	  	30040P AA1
		  	 [144A] ISIN No.
	  	US30040PAA12
			
		  	 [REG S] CUSIP No.
	  	U3000Q AA1
		  	 [REG S] ISIN No.
	  	USU3000QAA14

 11% Senior Note
due 2018 
 EVERTEC, INC., a Puerto Rico corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the
principal sum set forth on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Security attached hereto on October 1, 2018. 

Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1 
 Record Dates: March 15 and September 15 
 Additional provisions of this
Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

  
 Exhibit A-2

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

					
	EVERTEC, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

 Dated: September 30, 2010 

 

			
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
	
	WILMINGTON TRUST FSB
as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

 Dated: September 30, 2010

  

	*/	If the Note is to be issued in global form, add the Global Notes Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES -
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.” 

  
 Exhibit A-3

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE INITIAL NOTE] 

11% Senior Note Due 2018 
  

	1.	Interest 

 EVERTEC, INC.,
a Puerto Rico corporation, (such entity, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per
annum shown above. The Issuer shall pay interest semiannually on April 1 and October 1 of each year (each an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing April 1, 2011. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent
date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from September 30, 2010, until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve
30-day months. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

The holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2010 among the
Issuer, the Note Guarantors and the initial purchasers party thereto. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 The
Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders at the close of business on March 15 and September 15 (each a “Record Date”) next preceding the Interest Payment
Date even if Notes are canceled after the Record Date and on or before the Interest Payment Date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Notes to the Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay principal,
premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium,
if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary. The Issuer shall make all payments in respect of a certificated Note
(including principal, premium, if any, and interest) at the office of the Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by mailing a check to the registered address of each holder thereof; provided,
however, that payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if
such holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the
Trustee may accept in its discretion). 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

Initially, Wilmington Trust FSB (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuer or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  

	4.	Indenture 

 The Issuer
issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of September 30, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Note Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of
the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa 77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “TIA”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings
ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and the holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms and provisions. 

To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall
govern and be controlling. 

  
 Exhibit A-4

 The Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer. This Note is one of the Initial Notes
referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and
any Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other
Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, Incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, issue or sell shares of capital stock of the
Issuer and such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or Incur Liens and make Asset Sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Issuer and each Note Guarantor to
consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property. 
 To
guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Note Guarantors have unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Indenture and any Subsidiary of the Issuer that executes a Note Guarantee
will unconditionally guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
  

	5.	Optional Redemption 

 On
or after October 1, 2014, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s
registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and
additional interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on
October 1 of the years set forth below: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2014
	  	 	105.500	% 
	 2015
	  	 	102.750	% 
	 2016 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 In addition, prior to
October 1, 2014 the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address
or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to,
the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to October 1, 2013, the Issuer may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the
Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Issuer or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to the extent the net cash
proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer or are used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of
111%, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date);
provided, however, that at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption; provided,
further, that such redemption shall occur within 90 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each holder of Notes being redeemed and otherwise in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. 

  
 Exhibit A-5

 Notice of any redemption of Notes (including, but not limited to, with the net cash proceeds
of an Equity Offering) may be given prior to the completion thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent (including, but not limited to, completion of any related
Equity Offering). In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or
all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.

  

	6.	Redemption for Changes in Taxes  

 The Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at its discretion at any time upon giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice to the holders, at a
redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date and all Additional Amounts (as defined under paragraph 7 below) (if any) which otherwise would be
payable, if on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes, the Issuer would be required to pay Additional Amounts, and the Issuer cannot avoid any such payment obligation by taking reasonable measures available to it,
as a result of: 
  

	 	(1)	any amendment to, or change in, the laws or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder of a relevant Tax Jurisdiction (as defined under paragraph 7 below) which
is announced and becomes effective after the date of this offering memorandum (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the date of this offering memorandum, such later date); or 

 

	 	(2)	any amendment to, or change in, an official interpretation or application regarding such laws, regulations or rulings, including by virtue of a holding, judgment or
order by a court of competent jurisdiction which is announced and becomes effective after the date of this offering memorandum (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the date of this offering memorandum,
such later date). 

 The Issuer will not give any such notice of redemption earlier than 90 days prior to the
earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due, and, at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay Additional Amounts must remain in effect.

  

	7.	Withholding Taxes  

 All
payments made by the Issuer under or with respect to the Notes or any of the Note Guarantors on its Note Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future tax, duty, levy,
impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) (collectively, “Taxes”) unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law. If any
deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) any jurisdiction in which the Issuer or any Note Guarantor is then incorporated, or resident or doing business for tax purposes or any department
or political subdivision thereof or therein or (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made or any department or political subdivision thereof or therein (each, a “Tax Jurisdiction”) will at any time be required
to be made from any payments made by the Issuer under or with respect to the Notes or any of the Note Guarantors with respect to any Note Guarantee, including payments of principal, redemption price, purchase price, interest or premium, the Issuer
or the relevant Note Guarantor, as applicable, will pay such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of such payments by each holder after such withholding
or deduction (including any such deduction or withholding from such Additional Amounts) will equal the respective amounts which would have been received in respect of such payments in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided,
however, that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to: 
  

	 	(1)	 any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the holder or the
beneficial owner of the Notes and the relevant Tax Jurisdiction (other than solely from the mere acquisition, ownership, holding or disposition 

  
 Exhibit A-6

	 	 
of such Note, the enforcement of rights under such Note or under a Note Guarantee and/or the receipt of any payments in respect of such Note or a Note Guarantee); 

 

	 	(2)	any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed but for the failure of the holder or the beneficial owner of the Notes, following the Issuer’s
written request to the holder, at least 30 days before any such withholding or deduction would be payable, to comply with any certification, identification, information or other reporting requirements, whether required by statute, treaty, regulation
or administrative practice of a Tax Jurisdiction, as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, Taxes imposed by the Tax Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a certification that the holder or
beneficial owner is not resident in the Tax Jurisdiction), but in each case, only to the extent the holder or the beneficial owner is legally entitled to provide such certification or documentation; 

 

	 	(3)	any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes were imposed as a result of the presentation of a Note for payment (where presentation is required) more than 30 days after the
relevant payment is first made available for payment to the holder (except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30 day period); 

 

	 	(4)	any estate, inheritance, gift, transfer, personal property or similar tax or assessment; 

 

	 	(5)	any Taxes payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payments made under or with respect to any Note or Note Guarantee; or 

 

	 	(6)	any combination of the above items. 

 In addition to the foregoing, the Issuer and the Note Guarantors will also pay and indemnify the holder for any present or future stamp, issue, registration, transfer, court or documentary taxes, or any
other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) which are levied by any Tax Jurisdiction on the execution, delivery, issuance, or registration of any of the Notes, the
Indenture, any Note Guarantee, or any other document or instrument referred to therein, or the receipt of any payments with respect to, or enforcement of, the Notes or any Note Guarantee (such sum being recoverable from the Issuer as a liquidated
sum payable as a debt). 
 If the Issuer or any Note Guarantor, as the case may be, becomes aware that it will be obligated to
pay Additional Amounts with respect to any payment under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, the Issuer or the relevant Note Guarantor, as the case may be, will deliver to the Trustee on a date which is at least 30 days prior to the
date of that payment (unless the obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to that payment date, in which case the Issuer or the relevant Note Guarantor shall notify the Trustee promptly thereafter) notice stating the fact
that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount estimated to be so payable. The notice must also set forth any other information reasonably necessary to enable the Paying Agents to pay Additional Amounts to holders on the relevant payment
date. The Issuer or the relevant Note Guarantor will provide the Trustee with documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing the payment of Additional Amounts. 

The Issuer or the relevant Note Guarantor will make all withholdings and deductions (within the time period and in the minimum amount)
required by law and will remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Tax authority in accordance with applicable law. The Issuer or the relevant Note Guarantor will use its reasonable efforts to obtain Tax receipts from each Tax
authority evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld. The Issuer or the relevant Note Guarantor will furnish to the Trustee (or to a holder upon request), within a reasonable time after the date the payment of any Taxes so deducted
or withheld is made, certified copies of Tax receipts evidencing payment by the Issuer or a Note Guarantor, as the case may be, or if, notwithstanding such entity’s efforts to obtain receipts, receipts are not obtained, other evidence of
payments (reasonably satisfactory to Trustee) by such entity. 
 Whenever in the Indenture or in this Note there is mentioned,
in any context, the payment of amounts based upon the principal amount of the Notes or of principal, interest or of any other amount payable under, or with respect to, any of the Notes or any Note Guarantee, such mention shall be deemed to include
the payment of Additional Amounts, if applicable. 

  
 Exhibit A-7

 The above obligations will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of the Indenture
and will apply, mutatis mutandis, to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer or any Note Guarantor is incorporated, or resident or doing business for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which such Person
makes any payment on the Notes (or any Note Guarantee) and any department or political subdivision thereof or therein. 
  

	8.	Mandatory Redemption 

 The
Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  

	9.	Notice of Redemption 

Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each
holder of Notes to be redeemed at his, her or its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid
interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date, interest ceases to accrue on such
Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption. 
  

	10.	Repurchase of Notes at the Option of the Holders upon Change of Control and Asset Sales 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to
cause the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of
the holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 
 In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of certain events. 

 

	11.	[Reserved] 

  

	12.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000. A holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of Notes in accordance with the
Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes for a
period of 15 days prior to a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
  

	13.	Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

 

	14.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money
for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at their written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such
payment, the holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 

  
 Exhibit A-8

	15.	Discharge and Defeasance 

Subject to certain conditions, the Issuer at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if
the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 

 

	16.	Amendment; Waiver 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture may be amended with the consent of the holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and (ii) any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Subject to
certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any holder, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency, to provide for the assumption by a Successor
(with respect to the Issuer) of the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes, to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company or Successor (with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Note Guarantor), as the case may
be, of the obligations of a Note Guarantor under the Indenture and its Note Guarantee, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form
for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code), to add a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes, to secure the Notes, to add to the
covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer, to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder, to conform the text of the Indenture, Note Guarantees or
the Notes, to any provision of this “Description of Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Note Guarantees or the Notes,
to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA to effect any provision of the Indenture or to make certain changes to the Indenture to provide for the issuance of additional Notes.

  

	17.	Defaults and Remedies 

 If
an Event of Default (other than a Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes by notice
to the Issuer may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable; provided, however, that so long as any Bank Indebtedness remains outstanding, no such acceleration
shall be effective until the earlier of (1) five Business Days after the giving of written notice to the Issuer and the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement and (2) the day on which any Bank Indebtedness is accelerated. Upon
such a declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
on all the Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind any
such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders unless such holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:(i) such holder has
previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy, (iii) such holders have offered the
Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity, and
(v) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal
amount of outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse
to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly 

  
 Exhibit A-9

 
prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to
indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 
  

	18.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 

 Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and
collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

 

	19.	No Recourse Against Others 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any equity interests in the Issuer or of any Note Guarantor or any direct or
indirect parent corporation, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Note Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each
holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
  

	20.	Authentication 

 This Note
shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

 

	21.	Abbreviations 

 Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and
U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
  

	22.	Governing Law 

 THIS
SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. 
  

	23.	CUSIP Numbers; ISINs 

 The
Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to the holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers
either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 The Issuer will furnish to any holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note. 

  
 Exhibit A-10

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

  
  
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  

 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec.
or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                                         agent to
transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

									
				
	Date:                     	 		 	Your Signature:	 	 
		 		 		 		 	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

			
		
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 
		 	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee

  

			
		
	Date:                     	 	  
		 	Signature of Signature Guarantee

  
 Exhibit A-11

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR 

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES 
 This certificate relates to $             principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)
             book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned. 

The undersigned (check one box below): 
  

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depository a Note or Notes in definitive,
registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above); 

 

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes. 

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring while this Note is still a Transfer Restricted Definitive
Note or a Transfer Restricted Global Note, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK
ONE BOX BELOW 
  

							
	(1)	  	 ̈	 	  	  	to the Issuer; or
			
	(2)	  	 ̈	 	  	  	to the Registrar for registration in the name of the holder, without transfer; or
			
	(3)	  	 ̈	 	  	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(4)	  	 ̈	 	  	  	inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for
the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(5)	  	 ̈	 	  	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933 and
such Note shall be held immediately after the transfer through Euroclear or Clearstream until the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture); or
			
	(6)	  	 ̈	 	  	  	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a
signed letter containing certain representations and agreements; or
			
	(7)	  	 ̈	 	  	  	pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any
Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Issuer or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions,
certifications and other information as the Issuer or the Trustee have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933. 

  
 Exhibit A-12

									
				
	Date:                     	 		 	Your Signature:	 	 
		 		 		 		 	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

			
		
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 
		 	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee

			
		
	Date:                         	 	  
		 	Signature of Signature Guarantee

  
 Exhibit A-13

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it
exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule
144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 

					
			
	Date:                     	 		 	  
		 		 	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES] SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY 
 The initial principal amount of this Global Note is $            . The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been
made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of
decrease in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note	  	Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note	  	Principal amount
of this Global Note
following
such
decrease or increase	  	Signature of authorized
signatory
of
Trustee or Notes
Custodian

 OPTION
OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06
(Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, check the box: 
 Asset Sale   ̈            Change of Control   ̈ 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of
Control) of the Indenture, state the amount ($2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000): 
 $ 

									
				
	 Date:
                    
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	 
		 		 		 		 	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

			
		
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 
		 	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee

  
 Exhibit A-14

 EXHIBIT B 
 [FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE] 
 [Global Notes Legend] 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL
BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 

  
 Exhibit B-1

 [FORM OF EXCHANGE NOTE] 

 

							
	 No.
	  		  	$	            	  

 11% Senior Note
due 2018 
 CUSIP No. 30040P AB9 
 ISIN No. US30040PAB94 
 EVERTEC, INC., a Puerto Rico corporation, promises to pay
to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum set forth on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Security attached hereto on October 1, 2018. 

Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1 
 Record Dates: March 15 and September 15 
 Additional provisions of this
Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

  
 Exhibit B-2

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

					
	EVERTEC, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

Dated:                     

 

	*/	If the Note is to be issued in global form, add the Global Notes Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES -
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.” 

  
 Exhibit B-3

			
	 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

	
	 WILMINGTON TRUST FSB
as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the
Indenture.

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

Dated:                     

  
 Exhibit B-4

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE] 

11% Senior Note Due 2018 
  

	1.	Interest 

 EVERTEC, INC.,
a Puerto Rico corporation, (such entity, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per
annum shown above. The Issuer shall pay interest semiannually on April 1 and October 1 of each year (each an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing April 1, 2011. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent
date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from September 30, 2010, until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve
30-day months. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

 

	2.	Method of Payment 

 The
Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders at the close of business on March 15 and September 15 (each a “Record Date”) next preceding the Interest Payment
Date even if Notes are canceled after the Record Date and on or before the Interest Payment Date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Notes to the Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay principal,
premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium,
if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary. The Issuer shall make all payments in respect of a certificated Note
(including principal, premium, if any, and interest) at the office of the Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by mailing a check to the registered address of each holder thereof; provided,
however, that payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if
such holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the
Trustee may accept in its discretion). 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

Initially, Wilmington Trust FSB (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuer or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  

	4.	Indenture 

 The Issuer
issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of September 30, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Note Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of
the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa 77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “TIA”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings
ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and the holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms and provisions. To the
extent any provision of this Note conflicts wit the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 The Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer. This Note is one of the Exchange Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes issued
in exchange for the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain

  
 Exhibit B-5

 
limitations on the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions,
Incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, issue or sell shares of capital stock of the Issuer and such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or
permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or Incur Liens and make Asset Sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Issuer and each Note Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey,
transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property. 
 To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and
interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the
Indenture, the Note Guarantors have unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Indenture and any Subsidiary of the Issuer that executes a Note Guarantee will unconditionally guarantee the Guaranteed
Obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
  

	5.	Optional Redemption 

 On
or after October 1, 2014, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s
registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and
additional interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on
October 1 of the years set forth below: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2014
	  	 	105.500	% 
	 2015
	  	 	102.750	% 
	 2016 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 In addition, prior to
October 1, 2014 the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address
or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to,
the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to October 1, 2013, the Issuer may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the
Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Issuer or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to the extent the net cash
proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer or are used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of
111%, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date);
provided, however, that at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption; provided,
further, that such redemption shall occur within 90 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each holder of Notes being redeemed and otherwise in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. 
 Notice of any redemption of Notes (including, but not limited to,
with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering) may be given prior to the completion thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent (including, but not limited to,
completion of any related Equity Offering). In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions 

  
 Exhibit B-6

 
precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption
may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed. 

 

	6.	Redemption for Changes in Taxes  

 The Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at its discretion at any time upon giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice to the holders, at a
redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date and all Additional Amounts (as defined under paragraph 7 below) (if any) which otherwise would be
payable, if on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes, the Issuer would be required to pay Additional Amounts, and the Issuer cannot avoid any such payment obligation by taking reasonable measures available to it,
as a result of: 
  

	 	(1)	any amendment to, or change in, the laws or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder of a relevant Tax Jurisdiction (as defined under paragraph 7 below) which
is announced and becomes effective after the date of this offering memorandum (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the date of this offering memorandum, such later date); or 

 

	 	(2)	any amendment to, or change in, an official interpretation or application regarding such laws, regulations or rulings, including by virtue of a holding, judgment or
order by a court of competent jurisdiction which is announced and becomes effective after the date of this offering memorandum (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the date of this offering memorandum,
such later date). 

 The Issuer will not give any such notice of redemption earlier than 90 days prior to the
earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due, and, at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay Additional Amounts must remain in effect.

  

	7.	Withholding Taxes  

 All
payments made by the Issuer under or with respect to the Notes or any of the Note Guarantors on its Note Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future tax, duty, levy,
impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) (collectively, “Taxes”) unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law. If any
deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) any jurisdiction in which the Issuer or any Note Guarantor is then incorporated, or resident or doing business for tax purposes or any department
or political subdivision thereof or therein or (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made or any department or political subdivision thereof or therein (each, a “Tax Jurisdiction”) will at any time be required
to be made from any payments made by the Issuer under or with respect to the Notes or any of the Note Guarantors with respect to any Note Guarantee, including payments of principal, redemption price, purchase price, interest or premium, the Issuer
or the relevant Note Guarantor, as applicable, will pay such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of such payments by each holder after such withholding
or deduction (including any such deduction or withholding from such Additional Amounts) will equal the respective amounts which would have been received in respect of such payments in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided,
however, that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to: 
  

	 	(1)	any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the holder or the beneficial owner of
the Notes and the relevant Tax Jurisdiction (other than solely from the mere acquisition, ownership, holding or disposition of such Note, the enforcement of rights under such Note or under a Note Guarantee and/or the receipt of any payments in
respect of such Note or a Note Guarantee); 

  
 Exhibit B-7

	 	(2)	any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed but for the failure of the holder or the beneficial owner of the Notes, following the Issuer’s
written request to the holder, at least 30 days before any such withholding or deduction would be payable, to comply with any certification, identification, information or other reporting requirements, whether required by statute, treaty, regulation
or administrative practice of a Tax Jurisdiction, as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, Taxes imposed by the Tax Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a certification that the holder or
beneficial owner is not resident in the Tax Jurisdiction), but in each case, only to the extent the holder or the beneficial owner is legally entitled to provide such certification or documentation; 

 

	 	(3)	any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes were imposed as a result of the presentation of a Note for payment (where presentation is required) more than 30 days after the
relevant payment is first made available for payment to the holder (except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30 day period); 

 

	 	(4)	any estate, inheritance, gift, transfer, personal property or similar tax or assessment; 

 

	 	(5)	any Taxes payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payments made under or with respect to any Note or Note Guarantee; or 

 

	 	(6)	any combination of the above items. 

 In addition to the foregoing, the Issuer and the Note Guarantors will also pay and indemnify the holder for any present or future stamp, issue, registration, transfer, court or documentary taxes, or any
other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) which are levied by any Tax Jurisdiction on the execution, delivery, issuance, or registration of any of the Notes, the
Indenture, any Note Guarantee, or any other document or instrument referred to therein, or the receipt of any payments with respect to, or enforcement of, the Notes or any Note Guarantee (such sum being recoverable from the Issuer as a liquidated
sum payable as a debt). 
 If the Issuer or any Note Guarantor, as the case may be, becomes aware that it will be obligated to
pay Additional Amounts with respect to any payment under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, the Issuer or the relevant Note Guarantor, as the case may be, will deliver to the Trustee on a date which is at least 30 days prior to the
date of that payment (unless the obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to that payment date, in which case the Issuer or the relevant Note Guarantor shall notify the Trustee promptly thereafter) notice stating the fact
that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount estimated to be so payable. The notice must also set forth any other information reasonably necessary to enable the Paying Agents to pay Additional Amounts to holders on the relevant payment
date. The Issuer or the relevant Note Guarantor will provide the Trustee with documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing the payment of Additional Amounts. 

The Issuer or the relevant Note Guarantor will make all withholdings and deductions (within the time period and in the minimum amount)
required by law and will remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Tax authority in accordance with applicable law. The Issuer or the relevant Note Guarantor will use its reasonable efforts to obtain Tax receipts from each Tax
authority evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld. The Issuer or the relevant Note Guarantor will furnish to the Trustee (or to a holder upon request), within a reasonable time after the date the payment of any Taxes so deducted
or withheld is made, certified copies of Tax receipts evidencing payment by the Issuer or a Note Guarantor, as the case may be, or if, notwithstanding such entity’s efforts to obtain receipts, receipts are not obtained, other evidence of
payments (reasonably satisfactory to Trustee) by such entity. 
 Whenever in the Indenture or in this Note there is mentioned,
in any context, the payment of amounts based upon the principal amount of the Notes or of principal, interest or of any other amount payable under, or with respect to, any of the Notes or any Note Guarantee, such mention shall be deemed to include
the payment of Additional Amounts, if applicable. 
 The above obligations will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge
of the Indenture and will apply, mutatis mutandis, to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer or any Note Guarantor is 

  
 Exhibit B-8

 
incorporated, or resident or doing business for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which such Person makes any payment on the Notes (or any Note Guarantee) and any department or
political subdivision thereof or therein. 
  

	8.	Mandatory Redemption 

 The
Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  

	9.	Notice of Redemption 

Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each
holder of Notes to be redeemed at his, her or its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid
interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date, interest ceases to accrue on such
Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption. 
  

	10.	Repurchase of Notes at the Option of the Holders upon Change of Control and Asset Sales 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to
cause the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of
the holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 
 In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of certain events. 

 

	11.	[Reserved] 

  

	12.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000. A holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of Notes in accordance with the
Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes for a
period of 15 days prior to a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
  

	13.	Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

 

	14.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money
for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at their written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such
payment, the holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 

  
 Exhibit B-9

	15.	Discharge and Defeasance 

Subject to certain conditions, the Issuer at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if
the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 

 

	16.	Amendment; Waiver 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture may be amended with the consent of the holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and (ii) any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Subject to
certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any holder, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency, to provide for the assumption by a Successor
(with respect to the Issuer) of the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes, to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company or Successor (with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Note Guarantor), as the case may
be, of the obligations of a Note Guarantor under the Indenture and its Note Guarantee, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form
for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code), to add a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes, to secure the Notes, to add to the
covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer, to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder, to conform the text of the Indenture, Note Guarantees or
the Notes, to any provision of this “Description of Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Note Guarantees or the Notes,
to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA to effect any provision of the Indenture or to make certain changes to the Indenture to provide for the issuance of additional Notes.

  

	17.	Defaults and Remedies 

 If
an Event of Default (other than a Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes by notice
to the Issuer may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable; provided, however, that so long as any Bank Indebtedness remains outstanding, no such acceleration
shall be effective until the earlier of (1) five Business Days after the giving of written notice to the Issuer and the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement and (2) the day on which any Bank Indebtedness is accelerated. Upon
such a declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
on all the Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind any
such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders unless such holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless: (i) such holder
has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy, (iii) such holders have offered the
Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity, and
(v) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal
amount of outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse
to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly 

  
 Exhibit B-10

 
prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to
indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 
  

	18.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 

 Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and
collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

 

	19.	No Recourse Against Others 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any equity interests in the Issuer or of any Note Guarantor or any direct or
indirect parent corporation, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Note Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each
holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
  

	20.	Authentication 

 This Note
shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

 

	21.	Abbreviations 

 Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and
U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
  

	22.	Governing Law 

 THIS
SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. 
  

	23.	CUSIP Numbers; ISINs 

 The
Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to the holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers
either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 The Issuer will furnish to any holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note. 

  
 Exhibit B-11

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

  
  
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  

 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec.
or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                         agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

  

							
				
	Date:                     	 		 	Your Signature:	 	 
		 		 		 	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

  

			
		
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 
		 	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee

  

					
		
	Date:                     	 	 
		 	Signature of Signature Guarantee

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES] SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY 

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is $            . The
following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of
decrease in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note	  	Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note	  	Principal amount
of this Global Note
following
such
decrease or increase	  	Signature of authorized
signatory
of
Trustee or Notes
Custodian

  
 Exhibit B-12

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of
the Indenture, check the box: 
 Asset
Sale   ̈                    Change of
Control   ̈ 
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note
purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, state the amount ($2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000): 
 $ 
  

							
				
	Date:                     	 		 	Your Signature:	 	 
		 		 		 	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

  

			
		
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 
		 	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee

  
 Exhibit B-13

 EXHIBIT C 
 [FORM OF] 
 TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION 

Evertec, Inc. 
 c/o Wilminton Trust FSB

 246 Goose Lane, Suite 105 
 Guilford,
CT 06437 
 Attention: Vice President 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 This
certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[            ] principal amount of the 11% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of Evertec, Inc. (together, the
“Issuer”). 
 Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

 Name: _________________________________ 
 Address: ________________________________ 
 Taxpayer ID Number: ______________________ 

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 
 1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)),
purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $100,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with,
any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities
similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and
on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which either the Issuer or any
affiliate of such Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) in the United States to a person whom we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional
buyer (as defined in rule 144A under the Securities Act) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (b) outside the United States in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act,
(c) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 thereunder (if applicable) or (d) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each of cases (a) through
(d) in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. In addition, we will, and each subsequent holder is required to, notify any purchaser of the Note evidenced hereby of the resale restrictions set forth
above. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made to an institutional “accredited investor” prior to the
Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuer and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional
“accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the 

  
 Exhibit C-1

 
Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuer and the Trustee
reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause 1(b), 1(c) or 1(d) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other
information satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee. 
 Dated:
                     
  

			
	TRANSFEREE:
                                ,
		
	By:	 	 

  

  
 Exhibit C-2

 EXHIBIT D 
 [FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE] 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this
“Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of [            ], among [GUARANTOR] (the “New Note Guarantor”), a subsidiary of EVERTEC, INC. (or its successor), a
Puerto Rico corporation (the “Issuer”), the Issuer and WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H : 
 WHEREAS the Issuer and certain Subsidiaries of the Issuer
(the “Existing Note Guarantors”) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”) dated as of September 30, 2010, providing
for the issuance of the Issuer’s 11% Senior Notes due 2018 ( the “Notes”), initially in the aggregate principal amount of $220,000,000; 
 WHEREAS Section 4.11 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause the New Note Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture
pursuant to which the New Note Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a Note Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and 

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuer and the Existing Note Guarantors, are authorized to
execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Note Guarantor, the Issuer and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows: 

1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are
used herein as therein defined, except that the term “holders” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such
holders. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular
section hereof. 
 2. Agreement to Guarantee. The New Note Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all
Existing Note Guarantors (if any), to unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article XII of the Indenture and to be bound by all other
applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a guarantor under the Indenture. 
 3. Notices. All notices or other communications to the New Note Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 13.02 of the Indenture. 

4. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in
all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or
hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 
 5. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. 
 6. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. 

  
 Exhibit D-1

 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental
Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 8. Effect of
Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof. 
 IN WITNESS
WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written. 
  

					
	[NEW GUARANTOR]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	EVERTEC, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	WILMINGTON TRUST FSB,
as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

  
 Exhibit D-2

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00188-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00188-of-00352.parquet"}]]